mirror of
https://github.com/id-Software/DOOM-3-BFG.git
synced 2025-04-20 08:40:48 +00:00
Updated ffmpeg-win64 development files to ffmpeg-4.2.2-win64-dev.zip content
This commit is contained in:
parent
163a31f96c
commit
de1cecabc2
116 changed files with 9029 additions and 2636 deletions
674
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/LICENSE.txt
Normal file
674
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/LICENSE.txt
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
|
|||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 3, 29 June 2007
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <https://fsf.org/>
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
|
||||
software and other kinds of works.
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
|
||||
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
|
||||
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
|
||||
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
|
||||
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
|
||||
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
|
||||
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
|
||||
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
|
||||
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
|
||||
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
|
||||
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
|
||||
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
|
||||
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
|
||||
know their rights.
|
||||
|
||||
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
|
||||
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
|
||||
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
|
||||
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
|
||||
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
|
||||
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
|
||||
authors of previous versions.
|
||||
|
||||
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
|
||||
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
|
||||
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
|
||||
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
|
||||
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
|
||||
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
|
||||
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
|
||||
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
|
||||
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
|
||||
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
|
||||
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
|
||||
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
|
||||
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
|
||||
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
|
||||
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
0. Definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
|
||||
works, such as semiconductor masks.
|
||||
|
||||
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
|
||||
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
|
||||
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
|
||||
|
||||
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
|
||||
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
|
||||
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
|
||||
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
|
||||
on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
|
||||
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
|
||||
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
|
||||
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
|
||||
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
|
||||
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
|
||||
|
||||
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
|
||||
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
|
||||
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
|
||||
|
||||
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
|
||||
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
|
||||
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
|
||||
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
|
||||
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
|
||||
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
|
||||
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
|
||||
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Source Code.
|
||||
|
||||
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
|
||||
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
|
||||
form of a work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
|
||||
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
|
||||
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
|
||||
is widely used among developers working in that language.
|
||||
|
||||
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
|
||||
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
|
||||
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
|
||||
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
|
||||
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
|
||||
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
|
||||
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
|
||||
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
|
||||
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
|
||||
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
|
||||
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
|
||||
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
|
||||
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
|
||||
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
|
||||
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
|
||||
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
|
||||
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
|
||||
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
|
||||
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
|
||||
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
|
||||
subprograms and other parts of the work.
|
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
|
||||
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
|
||||
Source.
|
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
|
||||
same work.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Basic Permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
|
||||
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
|
||||
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
|
||||
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
|
||||
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
|
||||
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
|
||||
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
|
||||
|
||||
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
|
||||
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
|
||||
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
|
||||
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
|
||||
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
|
||||
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
|
||||
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
|
||||
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
|
||||
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
|
||||
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
|
||||
|
||||
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
|
||||
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
|
||||
makes it unnecessary.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
|
||||
|
||||
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
|
||||
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
|
||||
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
|
||||
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
|
||||
measures.
|
||||
|
||||
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
|
||||
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
|
||||
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
|
||||
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
|
||||
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
|
||||
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
|
||||
technological measures.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
|
||||
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
|
||||
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
|
||||
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
|
||||
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
|
||||
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
|
||||
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
|
||||
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
|
||||
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
|
||||
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
|
||||
it, and giving a relevant date.
|
||||
|
||||
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
|
||||
released under this License and any conditions added under section
|
||||
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
|
||||
"keep intact all notices".
|
||||
|
||||
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
|
||||
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
|
||||
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
|
||||
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
|
||||
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
|
||||
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
|
||||
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
|
||||
|
||||
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
|
||||
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
|
||||
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
|
||||
work need not make them do so.
|
||||
|
||||
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
|
||||
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
|
||||
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
|
||||
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
|
||||
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
|
||||
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
|
||||
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
|
||||
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
|
||||
parts of the aggregate.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
|
||||
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
|
||||
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
|
||||
in one of these ways:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
|
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
|
||||
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange.
|
||||
|
||||
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
|
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
|
||||
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
|
||||
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
|
||||
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
|
||||
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
|
||||
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
|
||||
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
|
||||
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
|
||||
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
|
||||
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
|
||||
|
||||
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
|
||||
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
|
||||
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
|
||||
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
|
||||
with subsection 6b.
|
||||
|
||||
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
|
||||
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
|
||||
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
|
||||
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
|
||||
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
|
||||
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
|
||||
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
|
||||
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
|
||||
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
|
||||
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
|
||||
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
|
||||
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
|
||||
|
||||
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
|
||||
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
|
||||
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
|
||||
charge under subsection 6d.
|
||||
|
||||
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
|
||||
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
|
||||
included in conveying the object code work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
|
||||
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
|
||||
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
|
||||
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
|
||||
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
|
||||
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
|
||||
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
|
||||
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
|
||||
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
|
||||
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
|
||||
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
|
||||
the only significant mode of use of the product.
|
||||
|
||||
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
|
||||
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
|
||||
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
|
||||
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
|
||||
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
|
||||
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
|
||||
modification has been made.
|
||||
|
||||
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
|
||||
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
|
||||
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
|
||||
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
|
||||
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
|
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
|
||||
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
|
||||
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
|
||||
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
|
||||
been installed in ROM).
|
||||
|
||||
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
|
||||
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
|
||||
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
|
||||
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
|
||||
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
|
||||
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
|
||||
protocols for communication across the network.
|
||||
|
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
|
||||
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
|
||||
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
|
||||
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
|
||||
unpacking, reading or copying.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Additional Terms.
|
||||
|
||||
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
|
||||
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
|
||||
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
|
||||
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
|
||||
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
|
||||
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
|
||||
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
|
||||
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
|
||||
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
|
||||
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
|
||||
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
|
||||
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
|
||||
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
|
||||
|
||||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
|
||||
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
|
||||
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
|
||||
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
|
||||
|
||||
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
|
||||
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
|
||||
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
|
||||
|
||||
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
|
||||
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
|
||||
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
|
||||
|
||||
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
|
||||
authors of the material; or
|
||||
|
||||
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
|
||||
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
|
||||
|
||||
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
|
||||
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
|
||||
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
|
||||
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
|
||||
those licensors and authors.
|
||||
|
||||
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
|
||||
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
|
||||
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
|
||||
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
|
||||
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
|
||||
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
|
||||
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
|
||||
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
|
||||
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
|
||||
|
||||
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
|
||||
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
|
||||
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
|
||||
where to find the applicable terms.
|
||||
|
||||
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
|
||||
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
|
||||
the above requirements apply either way.
|
||||
|
||||
8. Termination.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
|
||||
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
|
||||
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
|
||||
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
|
||||
paragraph of section 11).
|
||||
|
||||
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
|
||||
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
|
||||
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
|
||||
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
|
||||
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
|
||||
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
|
||||
|
||||
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
|
||||
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
|
||||
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
|
||||
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
|
||||
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
|
||||
your receipt of the notice.
|
||||
|
||||
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
|
||||
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
|
||||
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
|
||||
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
|
||||
material under section 10.
|
||||
|
||||
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
|
||||
|
||||
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
|
||||
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
|
||||
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
|
||||
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
|
||||
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
|
||||
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
|
||||
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
|
||||
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
|
||||
|
||||
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
|
||||
|
||||
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
|
||||
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
|
||||
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
|
||||
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
|
||||
|
||||
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
|
||||
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
|
||||
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
|
||||
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
|
||||
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
|
||||
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
|
||||
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
|
||||
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
|
||||
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
|
||||
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
|
||||
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
|
||||
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
|
||||
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
|
||||
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
|
||||
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
|
||||
|
||||
11. Patents.
|
||||
|
||||
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
|
||||
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
|
||||
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
|
||||
|
||||
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
|
||||
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
|
||||
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
|
||||
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
|
||||
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
|
||||
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
|
||||
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
|
||||
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
|
||||
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
|
||||
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
|
||||
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
|
||||
|
||||
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
|
||||
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
|
||||
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
|
||||
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
|
||||
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
|
||||
patent against the party.
|
||||
|
||||
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
|
||||
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
|
||||
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
|
||||
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
|
||||
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
|
||||
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
|
||||
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
|
||||
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
|
||||
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
|
||||
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
|
||||
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
|
||||
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
|
||||
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
|
||||
|
||||
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
|
||||
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
|
||||
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
|
||||
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
|
||||
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
|
||||
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
|
||||
work and works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
|
||||
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
|
||||
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
|
||||
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
|
||||
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
|
||||
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
|
||||
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
|
||||
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
|
||||
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
|
||||
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
|
||||
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
|
||||
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
|
||||
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
|
||||
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
|
||||
|
||||
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
|
||||
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
|
||||
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
|
||||
|
||||
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
|
||||
|
||||
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
|
||||
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
|
||||
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
|
||||
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
|
||||
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
|
||||
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
|
||||
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
|
||||
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
|
||||
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
|
||||
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
|
||||
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
|
||||
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
|
||||
combination as such.
|
||||
|
||||
14. Revised Versions of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
|
||||
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
|
||||
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
|
||||
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
|
||||
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
|
||||
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
|
||||
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
|
||||
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
|
||||
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
|
||||
to choose that version for the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
Later license versions may give you additional or different
|
||||
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
|
||||
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
|
||||
|
||||
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
|
||||
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
|
||||
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
|
||||
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
|
||||
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
|
||||
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
|
||||
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
|
||||
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
16. Limitation of Liability.
|
||||
|
||||
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
|
||||
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
|
||||
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
|
||||
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
|
||||
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
|
||||
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
|
||||
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
||||
SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
|
||||
|
||||
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
|
||||
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
|
||||
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
|
||||
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
|
||||
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
|
||||
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
|
||||
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
|
||||
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
|
||||
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
|
||||
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
|
||||
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
|
||||
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
|
||||
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
|
||||
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
|
||||
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
|
||||
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
|
||||
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
|
||||
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/why-not-lgpl.html>.
|
|
@ -1,111 +1,107 @@
|
|||
This is a FFmpeg win64 shared build by Kyle Schwarz.
|
||||
Zeranoe FFmpeg Builds <http://ffmpeg.zeranoe.com/builds/>
|
||||
|
||||
Zeranoe's FFmpeg Builds Home Page: <http://ffmpeg.zeranoe.com/builds/>
|
||||
Build: ffmpeg-4.2.2-win64-shared
|
||||
|
||||
FFmpeg version: 20151105-git-c878082
|
||||
libavutil 54. 30.100 / 54. 30.100
|
||||
libavcodec 56. 57.100 / 56. 57.100
|
||||
libavformat 56. 40.101 / 56. 40.101
|
||||
libavdevice 56. 4.100 / 56. 4.100
|
||||
libavfilter 5. 32.100 / 5. 32.100
|
||||
libswscale 3. 1.101 / 3. 1.101
|
||||
libswresample 1. 2.101 / 1. 2.101
|
||||
libpostproc 53. 3.100 / 53. 3.100
|
||||
|
||||
This FFmpeg build was configured with:
|
||||
--disable-static
|
||||
--enable-shared
|
||||
Configuration:
|
||||
--enable-gpl
|
||||
--enable-version3
|
||||
--disable-w32threads
|
||||
--enable-avisynth
|
||||
--enable-bzlib
|
||||
--enable-sdl2
|
||||
--enable-fontconfig
|
||||
--enable-frei0r
|
||||
--enable-gnutls
|
||||
--enable-iconv
|
||||
--enable-libass
|
||||
--enable-libdav1d
|
||||
--enable-libbluray
|
||||
--enable-libbs2b
|
||||
--enable-libcaca
|
||||
--enable-libdcadec
|
||||
--enable-libfreetype
|
||||
--enable-libgme
|
||||
--enable-libgsm
|
||||
--enable-libilbc
|
||||
--enable-libmodplug
|
||||
--enable-libmp3lame
|
||||
--enable-libopencore-amrnb
|
||||
--enable-libopencore-amrwb
|
||||
--enable-libopenjpeg
|
||||
--enable-libopus
|
||||
--enable-librtmp
|
||||
--enable-libschroedinger
|
||||
--enable-libshine
|
||||
--enable-libsnappy
|
||||
--enable-libsoxr
|
||||
--enable-libspeex
|
||||
--enable-libtheora
|
||||
--enable-libtwolame
|
||||
--enable-libvidstab
|
||||
--enable-libvo-aacenc
|
||||
--enable-libvo-amrwbenc
|
||||
--enable-libvorbis
|
||||
--enable-libvpx
|
||||
--enable-libwavpack
|
||||
--enable-libwebp
|
||||
--enable-libx264
|
||||
--enable-libx265
|
||||
--enable-libxavs
|
||||
--enable-libxvid
|
||||
--enable-libxml2
|
||||
--enable-libzimg
|
||||
--enable-lzma
|
||||
--enable-decklink
|
||||
--enable-zlib
|
||||
--enable-gmp
|
||||
--enable-libvidstab
|
||||
--enable-libvorbis
|
||||
--enable-libvo-amrwbenc
|
||||
--enable-libmysofa
|
||||
--enable-libspeex
|
||||
--enable-libxvid
|
||||
--enable-libaom
|
||||
--enable-libmfx
|
||||
--enable-amf
|
||||
--enable-ffnvcodec
|
||||
--enable-cuvid
|
||||
--enable-d3d11va
|
||||
--enable-nvenc
|
||||
--enable-nvdec
|
||||
--enable-dxva2
|
||||
--enable-avisynth
|
||||
--enable-libopenmpt
|
||||
|
||||
This build was compiled with the following external libraries:
|
||||
bzip2 1.0.6 <http://bzip.org/>
|
||||
Fontconfig 2.11.94 <http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/fontconfig>
|
||||
Frei0r 20130909-git-10d8360 <http://frei0r.dyne.org/>
|
||||
GnuTLS 3.3.16 <http://gnutls.org/>
|
||||
libiconv 1.14 <http://gnu.org/software/libiconv/>
|
||||
libass 0.13.0 <https://github.com/libass/libass>
|
||||
libbluray 0.9.0 <http://videolan.org/developers/libbluray.html>
|
||||
libbs2b 3.1.0 <http://bs2b.sourceforge.net/>
|
||||
libcaca 0.99.beta18 <http://caca.zoy.org/wiki/libcaca>
|
||||
dcadec 20150506-git-98fb3b6 <https://github.com/foo86/dcadec>
|
||||
FreeType 2.6.1 <http://freetype.sourceforge.net/>
|
||||
Game Music Emu 0.6.0 <https://bitbucket.org/mpyne/game-music-emu/wiki/Home>
|
||||
GSM 1.0.13-4 <http://packages.debian.org/source/squeeze/libgsm>
|
||||
iLBC 20141214-git-ef04ebe <https://github.com/dekkers/libilbc/>
|
||||
Modplug-XMMS 0.8.8.5 <http://modplug-xmms.sourceforge.net/>
|
||||
LAME 3.99.5 <http://lame.sourceforge.net/>
|
||||
OpenCORE AMR 0.1.3 <http://sourceforge.net/projects/opencore-amr/>
|
||||
OpenJPEG 1.5.2 <https://github.com/uclouvain/openjpeg>
|
||||
Opus 1.1 <http://opus-codec.org/>
|
||||
RTMPDump 20140707-git-a1900c3 <http://rtmpdump.mplayerhq.hu/>
|
||||
Schroedinger 1.0.11 <http://diracvideo.org/>
|
||||
libsoxr 0.1.2 <http://sourceforge.net/projects/soxr/>
|
||||
Speex 1.2rc2 <http://speex.org/>
|
||||
Theora 1.1.1 <http://theora.org/>
|
||||
TwoLAME 0.3.13 <http://twolame.org/>
|
||||
vid.stab 0.98 <http://public.hronopik.de/vid.stab/>
|
||||
VisualOn AAC 0.1.3 <https://github.com/mstorsjo/vo-aacenc>
|
||||
VisualOn AMR-WB 0.1.2 <https://github.com/mstorsjo/vo-amrwbenc>
|
||||
Vorbis 1.3.5 <http://vorbis.com/>
|
||||
vpx 1.4.0 <http://webmproject.org/>
|
||||
WavPack 4.75.0 <http://wavpack.com/>
|
||||
WebP 0.4.3 <https://developers.google.com/speed/webp/>
|
||||
x264 20151011-git-7599210 <http://videolan.org/developers/x264.html>
|
||||
x265 1.8 <http://x265.org/>
|
||||
XAVS svn-r55 <http://xavs.sourceforge.net/>
|
||||
Xvid 1.3.4 <http://xvid.org/>
|
||||
XZ Utils 5.2.2 <http://tukaani.org/xz>
|
||||
zlib 1.2.8 <http://zlib.net/>
|
||||
Libraries:
|
||||
SDL 20200120-cb4dae5 <https://libsdl.org>
|
||||
Fontconfig 2.13.92 <http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/fontconfig>
|
||||
GnuTLS 3.6.11.1 <https://gnutls.org/>
|
||||
libiconv 1.16 <http://gnu.org/software/libiconv>
|
||||
libass 0.14.0 <https://github.com/libass/libass>
|
||||
dav1d 20200115-010eae8 <https://code.videolan.org/videolan/dav1d>
|
||||
libbluray 20191112-137974c <https://www.videolan.org/developers/libbluray.html>
|
||||
FreeType 2.10.1 <http://freetype.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
LAME 3.100 <http://lame.sourceforge.net>
|
||||
OpenCORE AMR 20170731-07a5be4 <https://sourceforge.net/projects/opencore-amr>
|
||||
OpenJPEG 20200113-b63a433 <https://github.com/uclouvain/openjpeg>
|
||||
Opus 20200119-6d29f51 <https://opus-codec.org>
|
||||
shine 20190420-76ea4f0 <https://github.com/savonet/shine>
|
||||
Snappy 1.1.7 <https://github.com/google/snappy>
|
||||
libsoxr 20180224-945b592 <http://sourceforge.net/projects/soxr>
|
||||
Theora 20171023-e5d205b <http://theora.org>
|
||||
TwoLAME 0.4.0 <http://twolame.org>
|
||||
vpx 20200118-b78d3b2 <http://webmproject.org>
|
||||
WavPack 5.2.0 <http://wavpack.com>
|
||||
WebP 20200106-0fa56f3 <https://developers.google.com/speed/webp>
|
||||
x264 20191127-1771b55 <https://www.videolan.org/developers/x264.html>
|
||||
x265 20200120-acc5d16 <https://bitbucket.org/multicoreware/x265/wiki/Home>
|
||||
libxml2 2.9.10 <http://xmlsoft.org>
|
||||
z.lib 20191204-9ae36d7 <https://github.com/sekrit-twc/zimg>
|
||||
XZ Utils 5.2.4 <http://tukaani.org/xz>
|
||||
zlib 1.2.11 <http://zlib.net>
|
||||
GMP 6.1.2 <https://gmplib.org>
|
||||
vid.stab 20190213-aeabc8d <http://public.hronopik.de/vid.stab>
|
||||
Vorbis 20190128-9eadecc <http://vorbis.com>
|
||||
VisualOn AMR-WB 20141107-3b3fcd0 <https://sourceforge.net/projects/opencore-amr>
|
||||
libmysofa 20190907-e07edb3 <https://github.com/hoene/libmysofa>
|
||||
Speex 20190808-58ac1d4 <http://speex.org>
|
||||
Xvid 1.3.5 <https://labs.xvid.com>
|
||||
aom 20200120-412efe2 <https://aomedia.googlesource.com/aom>
|
||||
libmfx 1.28 <https://software.intel.com/en-us/media-sdk>
|
||||
AMF 20191216-acbd877 <https://gpuopen.com/gaming-product/advanced-media-framework>
|
||||
nv-codec-headers 20191126-250292d <https://git.videolan.org/?p=ffmpeg/nv-codec-headers.git>
|
||||
OpenMPT 20191010-51cb021 <https://openmpt.org>
|
||||
|
||||
The source code for this FFmpeg build can be found at: <http://ffmpeg.zeranoe.com/builds/source/>
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2020 Kyle Schwarz
|
||||
|
||||
This build was compiled on Debian 8.2 (64-bit): <http://www.debian.org/>
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
GCC 5.2.0 was used to compile this FFmpeg build: <http://gcc.gnu.org/>
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
This build was compiled using the MinGW-w64 toolchain: <http://mingw-w64.sourceforge.net/>
|
||||
|
||||
Licenses for each library can be found in the 'licenses' folder.
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
|
36
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h
Normal file
36
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavcodec/ac3_parser.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* AC-3 parser prototypes
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extract the bitstream ID and the frame size from AC-3 data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_ac3_parse_header(const uint8_t *buf, size_t size,
|
||||
uint8_t *bitstream_id, uint16_t *frame_size);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_AC3_PARSER_H */
|
37
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavcodec/adts_parser.h
Normal file
37
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavcodec/adts_parser.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_AAC_ADTS_HEADER_SIZE 7
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Extract the number of samples and frames from AAC data.
|
||||
* @param[in] buf pointer to AAC data buffer
|
||||
* @param[out] samples Pointer to where number of samples is written
|
||||
* @param[out] frames Pointer to where number of frames is written
|
||||
* @return Returns 0 on success, error code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_adts_header_parse(const uint8_t *buf, uint32_t *samples,
|
||||
uint8_t *frames);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_ADTS_PARSER_H */
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
131
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavcodec/dirac.h
Normal file
131
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavcodec/dirac.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2007 Marco Gerards <marco@gnu.org>
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2009 David Conrad
|
||||
* Copyright (C) 2011 Jordi Ortiz
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_DIRAC_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_DIRAC_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Interface to Dirac Decoder/Encoder
|
||||
* @author Marco Gerards <marco@gnu.org>
|
||||
* @author David Conrad
|
||||
* @author Jordi Ortiz
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avcodec.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The spec limits the number of wavelet decompositions to 4 for both
|
||||
* level 1 (VC-2) and 128 (long-gop default).
|
||||
* 5 decompositions is the maximum before >16-bit buffers are needed.
|
||||
* Schroedinger allows this for DD 9,7 and 13,7 wavelets only, limiting
|
||||
* the others to 4 decompositions (or 3 for the fidelity filter).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* We use this instead of MAX_DECOMPOSITIONS to save some memory.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define MAX_DWT_LEVELS 5
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse code values:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Dirac Specification ->
|
||||
* 9.6.1 Table 9.1
|
||||
*
|
||||
* VC-2 Specification ->
|
||||
* 10.4.1 Table 10.1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum DiracParseCodes {
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_SEQ_HEADER = 0x00,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_END_SEQ = 0x10,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_AUX = 0x20,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_PAD = 0x30,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_CODED = 0x08,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_RAW = 0x48,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_LOW_DEL = 0xC8,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_PICTURE_HQ = 0xE8,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO1 = 0x0A,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_NOREF_CO2 = 0x09,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO1 = 0x0D,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_INTER_REF_CO2 = 0x0E,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_CO = 0x0C,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_RAW = 0x4C,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_INTRA_REF_PICT = 0xCC,
|
||||
DIRAC_PCODE_MAGIC = 0x42424344,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct DiracVersionInfo {
|
||||
int major;
|
||||
int minor;
|
||||
} DiracVersionInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVDiracSeqHeader {
|
||||
unsigned width;
|
||||
unsigned height;
|
||||
uint8_t chroma_format; ///< 0: 444 1: 422 2: 420
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t interlaced;
|
||||
uint8_t top_field_first;
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t frame_rate_index; ///< index into dirac_frame_rate[]
|
||||
uint8_t aspect_ratio_index; ///< index into dirac_aspect_ratio[]
|
||||
|
||||
uint16_t clean_width;
|
||||
uint16_t clean_height;
|
||||
uint16_t clean_left_offset;
|
||||
uint16_t clean_right_offset;
|
||||
|
||||
uint8_t pixel_range_index; ///< index into dirac_pixel_range_presets[]
|
||||
uint8_t color_spec_index; ///< index into dirac_color_spec_presets[]
|
||||
|
||||
int profile;
|
||||
int level;
|
||||
|
||||
AVRational framerate;
|
||||
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt;
|
||||
enum AVColorRange color_range;
|
||||
enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
|
||||
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
|
||||
enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
|
||||
|
||||
DiracVersionInfo version;
|
||||
int bit_depth;
|
||||
} AVDiracSeqHeader;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Parse a Dirac sequence header.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dsh this function will allocate and fill an AVDiracSeqHeader struct
|
||||
* and write it into this pointer. The caller must free it with
|
||||
* av_free().
|
||||
* @param buf the data buffer
|
||||
* @param buf_size the size of the data buffer in bytes
|
||||
* @param log_ctx if non-NULL, this function will log errors here
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_dirac_parse_sequence_header(AVDiracSeqHeader **dsh,
|
||||
const uint8_t *buf, size_t buf_size,
|
||||
void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_DIRAC_H */
|
|
@ -20,8 +20,8 @@
|
|||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_DXVA_H
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_DXVA2_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_DXVA2_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
|
@ -90,4 +90,4 @@ struct dxva_context {
|
|||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA_H */
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_DXVA2_H */
|
||||
|
|
46
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavcodec/jni.h
Normal file
46
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavcodec/jni.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* JNI public API functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Matthieu Bouron <matthieu.bouron stupeflix.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_JNI_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_JNI_H
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Manually set a Java virtual machine which will be used to retrieve the JNI
|
||||
* environment. Once a Java VM is set it cannot be changed afterwards, meaning
|
||||
* you can call multiple times av_jni_set_java_vm with the same Java VM pointer
|
||||
* however it will error out if you try to set a different Java VM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param vm Java virtual machine
|
||||
* @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_jni_set_java_vm(void *vm, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Get the Java virtual machine which has been set with av_jni_set_java_vm.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param vm Java virtual machine
|
||||
* @return a pointer to the Java virtual machine
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_jni_get_java_vm(void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_JNI_H */
|
101
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavcodec/mediacodec.h
Normal file
101
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavcodec/mediacodec.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Android MediaCodec public API
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2016 Matthieu Bouron <matthieu.bouron stupeflix.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure holds a reference to a android/view/Surface object that will
|
||||
* be used as output by the decoder.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVMediaCodecContext {
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* android/view/Surface object reference.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *surface;
|
||||
|
||||
} AVMediaCodecContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and initialize a MediaCodec context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When decoding with MediaCodec is finished, the caller must free the
|
||||
* MediaCodec context with av_mediacodec_default_free.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return a pointer to a newly allocated AVMediaCodecContext on success, NULL otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVMediaCodecContext *av_mediacodec_alloc_context(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convenience function that sets up the MediaCodec context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx codec context
|
||||
* @param ctx MediaCodec context to initialize
|
||||
* @param surface reference to an android/view/Surface
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_mediacodec_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVMediaCodecContext *ctx, void *surface);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function must be called to free the MediaCodec context initialized with
|
||||
* av_mediacodec_default_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx codec context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_mediacodec_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Opaque structure representing a MediaCodec buffer to render.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct MediaCodecBuffer AVMediaCodecBuffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it to the surface that is associated
|
||||
* with the decoder. This function should only be called once on a given
|
||||
* buffer, once released the underlying buffer returns to the codec, thus
|
||||
* subsequent calls to this function will have no effect.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buffer the buffer to render
|
||||
* @param render 1 to release and render the buffer to the surface or 0 to
|
||||
* discard the buffer
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_mediacodec_release_buffer(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int render);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Release a MediaCodec buffer and render it at the given time to the surface
|
||||
* that is associated with the decoder. The timestamp must be within one second
|
||||
* of the current java/lang/System#nanoTime() (which is implemented using
|
||||
* CLOCK_MONOTONIC on Android). See the Android MediaCodec documentation
|
||||
* of android/media/MediaCodec#releaseOutputBuffer(int,long) for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buffer the buffer to render
|
||||
* @param time timestamp in nanoseconds of when to render the buffer
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, < 0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_mediacodec_render_buffer_at_time(AVMediaCodecBuffer *buffer, int64_t time);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_MEDIACODEC_H */
|
|
@ -34,6 +34,8 @@
|
|||
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vaapi VA API Decoding
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
|
||||
|
@ -48,8 +50,10 @@
|
|||
* during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer()
|
||||
* function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling
|
||||
* decoding functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Deprecated: use AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx instead.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct vaapi_context {
|
||||
struct attribute_deprecated vaapi_context {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Window system dependent data
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
@ -73,117 +77,10 @@ struct vaapi_context {
|
|||
* - decoding: Set by user
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t context_id;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VAPictureParameterBuffer ID
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
uint32_t pic_param_buf_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VAIQMatrixBuffer ID
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
uint32_t iq_matrix_buf_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VABitPlaneBuffer ID (for VC-1 decoding)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
uint32_t bitplane_buf_id;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Slice parameter/data buffer IDs
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
uint32_t *slice_buf_ids;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of effective slice buffer IDs to send to the HW
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
unsigned int n_slice_buf_ids;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Size of pre-allocated slice_buf_ids
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
unsigned int slice_buf_ids_alloc;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pointer to VASliceParameterBuffers
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void *slice_params;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Size of a VASliceParameterBuffer element
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
unsigned int slice_param_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Size of pre-allocated slice_params
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
unsigned int slice_params_alloc;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of slices currently filled in
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
unsigned int slice_count;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pointer to slice data buffer base
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
const uint8_t *slice_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Current size of slice data
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
uint32_t slice_data_size;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/* @} */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_VAAPI_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,230 +0,0 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* VDA HW acceleration
|
||||
*
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2011 Sebastien Zwickert
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_VDA_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_VDA_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda
|
||||
* Public libavcodec VDA header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
// emmintrin.h is unable to compile with -std=c99 -Werror=missing-prototypes
|
||||
// http://openradar.appspot.com/8026390
|
||||
#undef __GNUC_STDC_INLINE__
|
||||
|
||||
#define Picture QuickdrawPicture
|
||||
#include <VideoDecodeAcceleration/VDADecoder.h>
|
||||
#undef Picture
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavcodec/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
// extra flags not defined in VDADecoder.h
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
kVDADecodeInfo_Asynchronous = 1UL << 0,
|
||||
kVDADecodeInfo_FrameDropped = 1UL << 1
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vda VDA
|
||||
* @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure is used to provide the necessary configurations and data
|
||||
* to the VDA FFmpeg HWAccel implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The application must make it available as AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct vda_context {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VDA decoder object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set/Unset by libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VDADecoder decoder;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The Core Video pixel buffer that contains the current image data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* encoding: unused
|
||||
* decoding: Set by libavcodec. Unset by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
CVPixelBufferRef cv_buffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use the hardware decoder in synchronous mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* encoding: unused
|
||||
* decoding: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int use_sync_decoding;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The frame width.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int width;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The frame height.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int height;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The frame format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int format;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The pixel format for output image buffers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Set/Unset by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
OSType cv_pix_fmt_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *priv_bitstream;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int priv_bitstream_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* unused
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int priv_allocated_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Use av_buffer to manage buffer.
|
||||
* When the flag is set, the CVPixelBuffers returned by the decoder will
|
||||
* be released automatically, so you have to retain them if necessary.
|
||||
* Not setting this flag may cause memory leak.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* encoding: unused
|
||||
* decoding: Set by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int use_ref_buffer;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Create the video decoder. */
|
||||
int ff_vda_create_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx,
|
||||
uint8_t *extradata,
|
||||
int extradata_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Destroy the video decoder. */
|
||||
int ff_vda_destroy_decoder(struct vda_context *vda_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct holds all the information that needs to be passed
|
||||
* between the caller and libavcodec for initializing VDA decoding.
|
||||
* Its size is not a part of the public ABI, it must be allocated with
|
||||
* av_vda_alloc_context() and freed with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVVDAContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VDA decoder object. Created and freed by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VDADecoder decoder;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The output callback that must be passed to VDADecoderCreate.
|
||||
* Set by av_vda_alloc_context().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VDADecoderOutputCallback output_callback;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* CVPixelBuffer Format Type that VDA will use for decoded frames; set by
|
||||
* the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
OSType cv_pix_fmt_type;
|
||||
} AVVDAContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and initialize a VDA context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function should be called from the get_format() callback when the caller
|
||||
* selects the AV_PIX_FMT_VDA format. The caller must then create the decoder
|
||||
* object (using the output callback provided by libavcodec) that will be used
|
||||
* for VDA-accelerated decoding.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When decoding with VDA is finished, the caller must destroy the decoder
|
||||
* object and free the VDA context using av_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the newly allocated context or NULL on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVVDAContext *av_vda_alloc_context(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the VDA context using
|
||||
* an internal implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_vda_default_init(AVCodecContext *avctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This is a convenience function that creates and sets up the VDA context using
|
||||
* an internal implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
|
||||
* @param vdactx the VDA context to use
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_vda_default_init2(AVCodecContext *avctx, AVVDAContext *vdactx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This function must be called to free the VDA context initialized with
|
||||
* av_vda_default_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx the corresponding codec context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_vda_default_free(AVCodecContext *avctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_VDA_H */
|
|
@ -50,22 +50,13 @@
|
|||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
|
||||
#include <vdpau/vdpau_x11.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avcodec.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU
|
||||
union AVVDPAUPictureInfo {
|
||||
VdpPictureInfoH264 h264;
|
||||
VdpPictureInfoMPEG1Or2 mpeg;
|
||||
VdpPictureInfoVC1 vc1;
|
||||
VdpPictureInfoMPEG4Part2 mpeg4;
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVCodecContext;
|
||||
struct AVFrame;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -102,40 +93,6 @@ typedef struct AVVDPAUContext {
|
|||
*/
|
||||
VdpDecoderRender *render;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VDPAU picture information
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
union AVVDPAUPictureInfo info;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocated size of the bitstream_buffers table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int bitstream_buffers_allocated;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Useful bitstream buffers in the bitstream buffers table.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int bitstream_buffers_used;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Table of bitstream buffers.
|
||||
* The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
AVVDPAU_Render2 render2;
|
||||
} AVVDPAUContext;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -214,40 +171,6 @@ attribute_deprecated
|
|||
int av_vdpau_get_profile(AVCodecContext *avctx, VdpDecoderProfile *profile);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_CAP_VDPAU
|
||||
/** @brief The videoSurface is used for rendering. */
|
||||
#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_RENDER 1
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief The videoSurface is needed for reference/prediction.
|
||||
* The codec manipulates this.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define FF_VDPAU_STATE_USED_FOR_REFERENCE 2
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This structure is used as a callback between the FFmpeg
|
||||
* decoder (vd_) and presentation (vo_) module.
|
||||
* This is used for defining a video frame containing surface,
|
||||
* picture parameter, bitstream information etc which are passed
|
||||
* between the FFmpeg decoder and its clients.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct vdpau_render_state {
|
||||
VdpVideoSurface surface; ///< Used as rendered surface, never changed.
|
||||
|
||||
int state; ///< Holds FF_VDPAU_STATE_* values.
|
||||
|
||||
/** picture parameter information for all supported codecs */
|
||||
union AVVDPAUPictureInfo info;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Describe size/location of the compressed video data.
|
||||
Set to 0 when freeing bitstream_buffers. */
|
||||
int bitstream_buffers_allocated;
|
||||
int bitstream_buffers_used;
|
||||
/** The user is responsible for freeing this buffer using av_freep(). */
|
||||
VdpBitstreamBuffer *bitstream_buffers;
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* @}*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
|
@ -28,8 +27,8 @@
|
|||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 57
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 14
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 58
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 54
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
|
@ -52,133 +51,18 @@
|
|||
* at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_VIMA_DECODER
|
||||
#define FF_API_VIMA_DECODER (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT
|
||||
#define FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE
|
||||
#define FF_API_AVCODEC_RESAMPLE FF_API_AUDIO_CONVERT
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE
|
||||
#define FF_API_MISSING_SAMPLE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LOWRES
|
||||
#define FF_API_LOWRES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_CAP_VDPAU
|
||||
#define FF_API_CAP_VDPAU (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU
|
||||
#define FF_API_BUFS_VDPAU (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_VOXWARE
|
||||
#define FF_API_VOXWARE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS
|
||||
#define FF_API_SET_DIMENSIONS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#define FF_API_LOWRES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_DEBUG_MV
|
||||
#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AC_VLC
|
||||
#define FF_API_AC_VLC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_MSMPEG4 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED
|
||||
#define FF_API_ASPECT_EXTENDED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA
|
||||
#define FF_API_ARCH_ALPHA (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_XVMC
|
||||
#define FF_API_XVMC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_RATE
|
||||
#define FF_API_ERROR_RATE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE
|
||||
#define FF_API_QSCALE_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MB_TYPE
|
||||
#define FF_API_MB_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES
|
||||
#define FF_API_MAX_BFRAMES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES
|
||||
#define FF_API_NEG_LINESIZES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_EMU_EDGE
|
||||
#define FF_API_EMU_EDGE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_SH4
|
||||
#define FF_API_ARCH_SH4 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_ARCH_SPARC
|
||||
#define FF_API_ARCH_SPARC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS
|
||||
#define FF_API_UNUSED_MEMBERS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX
|
||||
#define FF_API_IDCT_XVIDMMX (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED
|
||||
#define FF_API_INPUT_PRESERVED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP
|
||||
#define FF_API_NORMALIZE_AQP (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_GMC
|
||||
#define FF_API_GMC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MV0
|
||||
#define FF_API_MV0 (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_NAME
|
||||
#define FF_API_CODEC_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AFD
|
||||
#define FF_API_AFD (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_VISMV
|
||||
/* XXX: don't forget to drop the -vismv documentation */
|
||||
#define FF_API_VISMV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AUDIOENC_DELAY
|
||||
#define FF_API_AUDIOENC_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT
|
||||
#define FF_API_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE
|
||||
#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MPV_OPT
|
||||
#define FF_API_MPV_OPT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_STREAM_CODEC_TAG
|
||||
#define FF_API_STREAM_CODEC_TAG (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_QUANT_BIAS
|
||||
#define FF_API_QUANT_BIAS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_RC_STRATEGY
|
||||
#define FF_API_RC_STRATEGY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_CODED_FRAME
|
||||
#define FF_API_CODED_FRAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MOTION_EST
|
||||
#define FF_API_MOTION_EST (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX
|
||||
#define FF_API_WITHOUT_PREFIX (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT
|
||||
#define FF_API_SIDEDATA_ONLY_PKT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -194,5 +78,63 @@
|
|||
#ifndef FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API
|
||||
#define FF_API_AVPACKET_OLD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK
|
||||
#define FF_API_RTP_CALLBACK (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_VBV_DELAY
|
||||
#define FF_API_VBV_DELAY (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_CODER_TYPE
|
||||
#define FF_API_CODER_TYPE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_STAT_BITS
|
||||
#define FF_API_STAT_BITS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT
|
||||
#define FF_API_PRIVATE_OPT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_ASS_TIMING
|
||||
#define FF_API_ASS_TIMING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_BSF
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_BSF (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT
|
||||
#define FF_API_COPY_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS
|
||||
#define FF_API_GET_CONTEXT_DEFAULTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME
|
||||
#define FF_API_NVENC_OLD_NAME (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT
|
||||
#define FF_API_STRUCT_VAAPI_CONTEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_MERGE_SD_API
|
||||
#define FF_API_MERGE_SD_API (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_TAG_STRING
|
||||
#define FF_API_TAG_STRING (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_GETCHROMA
|
||||
#define FF_API_GETCHROMA (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET
|
||||
#define FF_API_CODEC_GET_SET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL
|
||||
#define FF_API_USER_VISIBLE_AVHWACCEL (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LOCKMGR
|
||||
#define FF_API_LOCKMGR (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NEXT
|
||||
#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_UNSANITIZED_BITRATES
|
||||
#define FF_API_UNSANITIZED_BITRATES (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -58,7 +58,8 @@ typedef struct AVVideotoolboxContext {
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* CVPixelBuffer Format Type that Videotoolbox will use for decoded frames.
|
||||
* set by the caller.
|
||||
* set by the caller. If this is set to 0, then no specific format is
|
||||
* requested from the decoder, and its native format is output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
OSType cv_pix_fmt_type;
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
|
@ -24,8 +23,8 @@
|
|||
* Determines the duration for each packet.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSE_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSE_H
|
||||
#ifndef AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H
|
||||
#define AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -33,9 +32,6 @@ typedef struct AVVorbisParseContext AVVorbisParseContext;
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and initialize the Vorbis parser using headers in the extradata.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param avctx codec context
|
||||
* @param s Vorbis parser context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVVorbisParseContext *av_vorbis_parse_init(const uint8_t *extradata,
|
||||
int extradata_size);
|
||||
|
@ -75,4 +71,4 @@ int av_vorbis_parse_frame(AVVorbisParseContext *s, const uint8_t *buf,
|
|||
|
||||
void av_vorbis_parse_reset(AVVorbisParseContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSE_H */
|
||||
#endif /* AVCODEC_VORBIS_PARSER_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -28,19 +28,21 @@
|
|||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavd Special devices muxing/demuxing library
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* @defgroup lavd libavdevice
|
||||
* Special devices muxing/demuxing library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Libavdevice is a complementary library to @ref libavf "libavformat". It
|
||||
* provides various "special" platform-specific muxers and demuxers, e.g. for
|
||||
* grabbing devices, audio capture and playback etc. As a consequence, the
|
||||
* (de)muxers in libavdevice are of the AVFMT_NOFILE type (they use their own
|
||||
* I/O functions). The filename passed to avformat_open_input() often does not
|
||||
* refer to an actually existing file, but has some special device-specific
|
||||
* meaning - e.g. for x11grab it is the display name.
|
||||
* meaning - e.g. for xcbgrab it is the display name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To use libavdevice, simply call avdevice_register_all() to register all
|
||||
* compiled muxers and demuxers. They all use standard libavformat API.
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
|
@ -65,7 +67,6 @@ const char *avdevice_license(void);
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize libavdevice and register all the input and output devices.
|
||||
* @warning This function is not thread safe.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avdevice_register_all(void);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -506,4 +507,8 @@ int avdevice_list_input_sources(struct AVInputFormat *device, const char *device
|
|||
int avdevice_list_output_sinks(struct AVOutputFormat *device, const char *device_name,
|
||||
AVDictionary *device_options, AVDeviceInfoList **device_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVDEVICE_AVDEVICE_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -27,8 +27,8 @@
|
|||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 57
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 0
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR 58
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MINOR 8
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVDEVICE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -29,7 +29,9 @@
|
|||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavfi Libavfilter - graph-based frame editing library
|
||||
* @defgroup lavfi libavfilter
|
||||
* Graph-based frame editing library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -37,6 +39,7 @@
|
|||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/buffer.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/dict.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/frame.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
|
@ -191,6 +194,21 @@ typedef struct AVFilter {
|
|||
*****************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter pre-initialization function
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This callback will be called immediately after the filter context is
|
||||
* allocated, to allow allocating and initing sub-objects.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If this callback is not NULL, the uninit callback will be called on
|
||||
* allocation failure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success,
|
||||
* AVERROR code on failure (but the code will be
|
||||
* dropped and treated as ENOMEM by the calling code)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*preinit)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter initialization function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
@ -265,6 +283,8 @@ typedef struct AVFilter {
|
|||
|
||||
int priv_size; ///< size of private data to allocate for the filter
|
||||
|
||||
int flags_internal; ///< Additional flags for avfilter internal use only.
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Used by the filter registration system. Must not be touched by any other
|
||||
* code.
|
||||
|
@ -291,6 +311,20 @@ typedef struct AVFilter {
|
|||
* used for providing binary data.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*init_opaque)(AVFilterContext *ctx, void *opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Filter activation function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Called when any processing is needed from the filter, instead of any
|
||||
* filter_frame and request_frame on pads.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The function must examine inlinks and outlinks and perform a single
|
||||
* step of processing. If there is nothing to do, the function must do
|
||||
* nothing and not return an error. If more steps are or may be
|
||||
* possible, it must use ff_filter_set_ready() to schedule another
|
||||
* activation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*activate)(AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
} AVFilter;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
@ -349,6 +383,45 @@ struct AVFilterContext {
|
|||
void *enable; ///< parsed expression (AVExpr*)
|
||||
double *var_values; ///< variable values for the enable expression
|
||||
int is_disabled; ///< the enabled state from the last expression evaluation
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* For filters which will create hardware frames, sets the device the
|
||||
* filter should create them in. All other filters will ignore this field:
|
||||
* in particular, a filter which consumes or processes hardware frames will
|
||||
* instead use the hw_frames_ctx field in AVFilterLink to carry the
|
||||
* hardware context information.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *hw_device_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Max number of threads allowed in this filter instance.
|
||||
* If <= 0, its value is ignored.
|
||||
* Overrides global number of threads set per filter graph.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_threads;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Ready status of the filter.
|
||||
* A non-0 value means that the filter needs activating;
|
||||
* a higher value suggests a more urgent activation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned ready;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Sets the number of extra hardware frames which the filter will
|
||||
* allocate on its output links for use in following filters or by
|
||||
* the caller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Some hardware filters require all frames that they will use for
|
||||
* output to be defined in advance before filtering starts. For such
|
||||
* filters, any hardware frame pools used for output must therefore be
|
||||
* of fixed size. The extra frames set here are on top of any number
|
||||
* that the filter needs internally in order to operate normally.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This field must be set before the graph containing this filter is
|
||||
* configured.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int extra_hw_frames;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
@ -357,6 +430,11 @@ struct AVFilterContext {
|
|||
* the pads involved. In addition, this link also contains the parameters
|
||||
* which have been negotiated and agreed upon between the filter, such as
|
||||
* image dimensions, format, etc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Applications must not normally access the link structure directly.
|
||||
* Use the buffersrc and buffersink API instead.
|
||||
* In the future, access to the header may be reserved for filters
|
||||
* implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVFilterLink {
|
||||
AVFilterContext *src; ///< source filter
|
||||
|
@ -435,21 +513,28 @@ struct AVFilterLink {
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent
|
||||
* frame(s), in AV_TIME_BASE units.
|
||||
* frame(s), in link time_base units.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t current_pts;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Current timestamp of the link, as defined by the most recent
|
||||
* frame(s), in AV_TIME_BASE units.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t current_pts_us;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Index in the age array.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int age_index;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Frame rate of the stream on the link, or 1/0 if unknown;
|
||||
* if left to 0/0, will be automatically be copied from the first input
|
||||
* Frame rate of the stream on the link, or 1/0 if unknown or variable;
|
||||
* if left to 0/0, will be automatically copied from the first input
|
||||
* of the source filter if it exists.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Sources should set it to the best estimation of the real frame rate.
|
||||
* If the source frame rate is unknown or variable, set this to 1/0.
|
||||
* Filters should update it if necessary depending on their function.
|
||||
* Sinks can use it to set a default output frame rate.
|
||||
* It is similar to the r_frame_rate field in AVStream.
|
||||
|
@ -482,18 +567,6 @@ struct AVFilterLink {
|
|||
*/
|
||||
int max_samples;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* True if the link is closed.
|
||||
* If set, all attempts of start_frame, filter_frame or request_frame
|
||||
* will fail with AVERROR_EOF, and if necessary the reference will be
|
||||
* destroyed.
|
||||
* If request_frame returns AVERROR_EOF, this flag is set on the
|
||||
* corresponding link.
|
||||
* It can be set also be set by either the source or the destination
|
||||
* filter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int closed;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of channels.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -507,7 +580,70 @@ struct AVFilterLink {
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Number of past frames sent through the link.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t frame_count;
|
||||
int64_t frame_count_in, frame_count_out;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A pointer to a FFFramePool struct.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *frame_pool;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* True if a frame is currently wanted on the output of this filter.
|
||||
* Set when ff_request_frame() is called by the output,
|
||||
* cleared when a frame is filtered.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int frame_wanted_out;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* For hwaccel pixel formats, this should be a reference to the
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext describing the frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal structure members.
|
||||
* The fields below this limit are internal for libavfilter's use
|
||||
* and must in no way be accessed by applications.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char reserved[0xF000];
|
||||
|
||||
#else /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Queue of frames waiting to be filtered.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
FFFrameQueue fifo;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If set, the source filter can not generate a frame as is.
|
||||
* The goal is to avoid repeatedly calling the request_frame() method on
|
||||
* the same link.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int frame_blocked_in;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Link input status.
|
||||
* If not zero, all attempts of filter_frame will fail with the
|
||||
* corresponding code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int status_in;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Timestamp of the input status change.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t status_in_pts;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Link output status.
|
||||
* If not zero, all attempts of request_frame will fail with the
|
||||
* corresponding code.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int status_out;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* FF_INTERNAL_FIELDS */
|
||||
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
@ -527,14 +663,21 @@ int avfilter_link(AVFilterContext *src, unsigned srcpad,
|
|||
*/
|
||||
void avfilter_link_free(AVFilterLink **link);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the number of channels of a link.
|
||||
* @deprecated Use av_buffersink_get_channels()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int avfilter_link_get_channels(AVFilterLink *link);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the closed field of a link.
|
||||
* @deprecated applications are not supposed to mess with links, they should
|
||||
* close the sinks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void avfilter_link_set_closed(AVFilterLink *link, int closed);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
@ -554,14 +697,21 @@ int avfilter_config_links(AVFilterContext *filter);
|
|||
*/
|
||||
int avfilter_process_command(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *cmd, const char *arg, char *res, int res_len, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Initialize the filter system. Register all builtin filters. */
|
||||
void avfilter_register_all(void);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over all registered filters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param opaque a pointer where libavfilter will store the iteration state. Must
|
||||
* point to NULL to start the iteration.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the next registered filter or NULL when the iteration is
|
||||
* finished
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVFilter *av_filter_iterate(void **opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_OLD_FILTER_REGISTER
|
||||
/** Uninitialize the filter system. Unregister all filters. */
|
||||
#if FF_API_NEXT
|
||||
/** Initialize the filter system. Register all builtin filters. */
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void avfilter_uninit(void);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
void avfilter_register_all(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Register a filter. This is only needed if you plan to use
|
||||
|
@ -573,8 +723,18 @@ void avfilter_uninit(void);
|
|||
* @return 0 if the registration was successful, a negative value
|
||||
* otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int avfilter_register(AVFilter *filter);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over all registered filters.
|
||||
* @return If prev is non-NULL, next registered filter after prev or NULL if
|
||||
* prev is the last filter. If prev is NULL, return the first registered filter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
const AVFilter *avfilter_next(const AVFilter *prev);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a filter definition matching the given name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
@ -582,60 +742,8 @@ int avfilter_register(AVFilter *filter);
|
|||
* @return the filter definition, if any matching one is registered.
|
||||
* NULL if none found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if !FF_API_NOCONST_GET_NAME
|
||||
const
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
AVFilter *avfilter_get_by_name(const char *name);
|
||||
const AVFilter *avfilter_get_by_name(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over all registered filters.
|
||||
* @return If prev is non-NULL, next registered filter after prev or NULL if
|
||||
* prev is the last filter. If prev is NULL, return the first registered filter.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVFilter *avfilter_next(const AVFilter *prev);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_OLD_FILTER_REGISTER
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If filter is NULL, returns a pointer to the first registered filter pointer,
|
||||
* if filter is non-NULL, returns the next pointer after filter.
|
||||
* If the returned pointer points to NULL, the last registered filter
|
||||
* was already reached.
|
||||
* @deprecated use avfilter_next()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVFilter **av_filter_next(AVFilter **filter);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_AVFILTER_OPEN
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create a filter instance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param filter_ctx put here a pointer to the created filter context
|
||||
* on success, NULL on failure
|
||||
* @param filter the filter to create an instance of
|
||||
* @param inst_name Name to give to the new instance. Can be NULL for none.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise
|
||||
* @deprecated use avfilter_graph_alloc_filter() instead
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int avfilter_open(AVFilterContext **filter_ctx, AVFilter *filter, const char *inst_name);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_AVFILTER_INIT_FILTER
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize a filter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param filter the filter to initialize
|
||||
* @param args A string of parameters to use when initializing the filter.
|
||||
* The format and meaning of this string varies by filter.
|
||||
* @param opaque Any extra non-string data needed by the filter. The meaning
|
||||
* of this parameter varies by filter.
|
||||
* @return zero on success
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int avfilter_init_filter(AVFilterContext *filter, const char *args, void *opaque);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize a filter with the supplied parameters.
|
||||
|
@ -735,7 +843,9 @@ typedef struct AVFilterGraph {
|
|||
unsigned nb_filters;
|
||||
|
||||
char *scale_sws_opts; ///< sws options to use for the auto-inserted scale filters
|
||||
char *resample_lavr_opts; ///< libavresample options to use for the auto-inserted resample filters
|
||||
#if FF_API_LAVR_OPTS
|
||||
attribute_deprecated char *resample_lavr_opts; ///< libavresample options to use for the auto-inserted resample filters
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Type of multithreading allowed for filters in this graph. A combination
|
||||
|
@ -834,20 +944,6 @@ AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_alloc_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph,
|
|||
*/
|
||||
AVFilterContext *avfilter_graph_get_filter(AVFilterGraph *graph, const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_AVFILTER_OPEN
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add an existing filter instance to a filter graph.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param graphctx the filter graph
|
||||
* @param filter the filter to be added
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @deprecated use avfilter_graph_alloc_filter() to allocate a filter in a
|
||||
* filter graph
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int avfilter_graph_add_filter(AVFilterGraph *graphctx, AVFilterContext *filter);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create and add a filter instance into an existing graph.
|
||||
* The filter instance is created from the filter filt and inited
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ int av_buffersink_get_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flag
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Struct to use for initializing a buffersink context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
typedef struct AVBufferSinkParams {
|
||||
const enum AVPixelFormat *pixel_fmts; ///< list of allowed pixel formats, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
|
||||
} AVBufferSinkParams;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ AVBufferSinkParams *av_buffersink_params_alloc(void);
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Struct to use for initializing an abuffersink context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct {
|
||||
typedef struct AVABufferSinkParams {
|
||||
const enum AVSampleFormat *sample_fmts; ///< list of allowed sample formats, terminated by AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
|
||||
const int64_t *channel_layouts; ///< list of allowed channel layouts, terminated by -1
|
||||
const int *channel_counts; ///< list of allowed channel counts, terminated by -1
|
||||
|
@ -101,9 +101,27 @@ AVABufferSinkParams *av_abuffersink_params_alloc(void);
|
|||
void av_buffersink_set_frame_size(AVFilterContext *ctx, unsigned frame_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the frame rate of the input.
|
||||
* @defgroup lavfi_buffersink_accessors Buffer sink accessors
|
||||
* Get the properties of the stream
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate(AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVMediaType av_buffersink_get_type (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
AVRational av_buffersink_get_time_base (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_format (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
AVRational av_buffersink_get_frame_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_w (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_h (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
AVRational av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_channels (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
uint64_t av_buffersink_get_channel_layout (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
int av_buffersink_get_sample_rate (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
AVBufferRef * av_buffersink_get_hw_frames_ctx (const AVFilterContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a frame with filtered data from sink and put it in frame.
|
||||
|
@ -133,7 +151,7 @@ int av_buffersink_get_frame(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVFrame *frame);
|
|||
* the end of stream, when it can contain less than nb_samples.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The return codes have the same meaning as for
|
||||
* av_buffersink_get_samples().
|
||||
* av_buffersink_get_frame().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning do not mix this function with av_buffersink_get_frame(). Use only one or
|
||||
* the other with a single sink, not both.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
|
@ -26,7 +25,6 @@
|
|||
* Memory buffer source API.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavcodec/avcodec.h"
|
||||
#include "avfilter.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
@ -65,6 +63,80 @@ enum {
|
|||
*/
|
||||
unsigned av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests(AVFilterContext *buffer_src);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure contains the parameters describing the frames that will be
|
||||
* passed to this filter.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It should be allocated with av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc() and freed with
|
||||
* av_free(). All the allocated fields in it remain owned by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVBufferSrcParameters {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* video: the pixel format, value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat
|
||||
* audio: the sample format, value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int format;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The timebase to be used for the timestamps on the input frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational time_base;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video only, the display dimensions of the input frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int width, height;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video only, the sample (pixel) aspect ratio.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video only, the frame rate of the input video. This field must only be
|
||||
* set to a non-zero value if input stream has a known constant framerate
|
||||
* and should be left at its initial value if the framerate is variable or
|
||||
* unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational frame_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video with a hwaccel pixel format only. This should be a reference to an
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext instance describing the input frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio only, the audio sampling rate in samples per second.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int sample_rate;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Audio only, the audio channel layout
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t channel_layout;
|
||||
} AVBufferSrcParameters;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a new AVBufferSrcParameters instance. It should be freed by the
|
||||
* caller with av_free().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferSrcParameters *av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter with the provided parameters.
|
||||
* This function may be called multiple times, the later calls override the
|
||||
* previous ones. Some of the parameters may also be set through AVOptions, then
|
||||
* whatever method is used last takes precedence.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an instance of the buffersrc or abuffersrc filter
|
||||
* @param param the stream parameters. The frames later passed to this filter
|
||||
* must conform to those parameters. All the allocated fields in
|
||||
* param remain owned by the caller, libavfilter will make internal
|
||||
* copies or references when necessary.
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_parameters_set(AVFilterContext *ctx, AVBufferSrcParameters *param);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a frame to the buffer source.
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
@ -121,6 +193,14 @@ av_warn_unused_result
|
|||
int av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags(AVFilterContext *buffer_src,
|
||||
AVFrame *frame, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Close the buffer source after EOF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is similar to passing NULL to av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags()
|
||||
* except it takes the timestamp of the EOF, i.e. the timestamp of the end
|
||||
* of the last frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_buffersrc_close(AVFilterContext *ctx, int64_t pts, unsigned flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -29,9 +29,10 @@
|
|||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 6
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 14
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 101
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR 7
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR 57
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MINOR, \
|
||||
|
@ -49,23 +50,17 @@
|
|||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7)
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_OPTS_ERROR (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AVFILTER_OPEN
|
||||
#define FF_API_AVFILTER_OPEN (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7)
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVR_OPTS
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVR_OPTS (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AVFILTER_INIT_FILTER
|
||||
#define FF_API_AVFILTER_INIT_FILTER (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7)
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET
|
||||
#define FF_API_FILTER_GET_SET (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_FILTER_REGISTER
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_FILTER_REGISTER (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NOCONST_GET_NAME
|
||||
#define FF_API_NOCONST_GET_NAME (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 7)
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NEXT
|
||||
#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVFILTER_VERSION_MAJOR < 8)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFILTER_VERSION_H */
|
||||
|
|
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load diff
|
@ -34,7 +34,15 @@
|
|||
|
||||
#include "libavformat/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL 0x0001 /**< Seeking works like for a local file */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seeking works like for a local file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_NORMAL (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seeking by timestamp with avio_seek_time() is possible.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVIO_SEEKABLE_TIME (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Callback for checking whether to abort blocking functions.
|
||||
|
@ -96,6 +104,48 @@ typedef struct AVIODirContext {
|
|||
struct URLContext *url_context;
|
||||
} AVIODirContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Different data types that can be returned via the AVIO
|
||||
* write_data_type callback.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVIODataMarkerType {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Header data; this needs to be present for the stream to be decodeable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A point in the output bytestream where a decoder can start decoding
|
||||
* (i.e. a keyframe). A demuxer/decoder given the data flagged with
|
||||
* AVIO_DATA_MARKER_HEADER, followed by any AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
|
||||
* should give decodeable results.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_SYNC_POINT,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A point in the output bytestream where a demuxer can start parsing
|
||||
* (for non self synchronizing bytestream formats). That is, any
|
||||
* non-keyframe packet start point.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This is any, unlabelled data. It can either be a muxer not marking
|
||||
* any positions at all, it can be an actual boundary/sync point
|
||||
* that the muxer chooses not to mark, or a later part of a packet/fragment
|
||||
* that is cut into multiple write callbacks due to limited IO buffer size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Trailer data, which doesn't contain actual content, but only for
|
||||
* finalizing the output file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_TRAILER,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A point in the output bytestream where the underlying AVIOContext might
|
||||
* flush the buffer depending on latency or buffering requirements. Typically
|
||||
* means the end of a packet.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVIO_DATA_MARKER_FLUSH_POINT,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Bytestream IO Context.
|
||||
* New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps.
|
||||
|
@ -122,6 +172,57 @@ typedef struct AVIOContext {
|
|||
* to any av_opt_* functions in that case.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The following shows the relationship between buffer, buf_ptr,
|
||||
* buf_ptr_max, buf_end, buf_size, and pos, when reading and when writing
|
||||
* (since AVIOContext is used for both):
|
||||
*
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* READING
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* | buffer_size |
|
||||
* |---------------------------------------|
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
*
|
||||
* buffer buf_ptr buf_end
|
||||
* +---------------+-----------------------+
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* read buffer: |/ / consumed / | to be read /| |
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / /|/ / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* +---------------+-----------------------+
|
||||
*
|
||||
* pos
|
||||
* +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
|
||||
* input file: | | |
|
||||
* +-------------------------------------------+-----------------+
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
* WRITING
|
||||
**********************************************************************************
|
||||
*
|
||||
* | buffer_size |
|
||||
* |--------------------------------------|
|
||||
* | |
|
||||
*
|
||||
* buf_ptr_max
|
||||
* buffer (buf_ptr) buf_end
|
||||
* +-----------------------+--------------+
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* write buffer: | / / to be flushed / / | |
|
||||
* |/ / / / / / / / / / / /| |
|
||||
* +-----------------------+--------------+
|
||||
* buf_ptr can be in this
|
||||
* due to a backward seek
|
||||
*
|
||||
* pos
|
||||
* +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
|
||||
* output file: | | |
|
||||
* +-------------+----------------------------------------------+
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned char *buffer; /**< Start of the buffer. */
|
||||
int buffer_size; /**< Maximum buffer size */
|
||||
unsigned char *buf_ptr; /**< Current position in the buffer */
|
||||
|
@ -135,8 +236,7 @@ typedef struct AVIOContext {
|
|||
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size);
|
||||
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence);
|
||||
int64_t pos; /**< position in the file of the current buffer */
|
||||
int must_flush; /**< true if the next seek should flush */
|
||||
int eof_reached; /**< true if eof reached */
|
||||
int eof_reached; /**< true if was unable to read due to error or eof */
|
||||
int write_flag; /**< true if open for writing */
|
||||
int max_packet_size;
|
||||
unsigned long checksum;
|
||||
|
@ -202,9 +302,54 @@ typedef struct AVIOContext {
|
|||
* This is current internal only, do not use from outside.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int short_seek_threshold;
|
||||
} AVIOContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/* unbuffered I/O */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of allowed protocols.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *protocol_whitelist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ',' separated list of disallowed protocols.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *protocol_blacklist;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A callback that is used instead of write_packet.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*write_data_type)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size,
|
||||
enum AVIODataMarkerType type, int64_t time);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If set, don't call write_data_type separately for AVIO_DATA_MARKER_BOUNDARY_POINT,
|
||||
* but ignore them and treat them as AVIO_DATA_MARKER_UNKNOWN (to avoid needlessly
|
||||
* small chunks of data returned from the callback).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int ignore_boundary_point;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Internal, not meant to be used from outside of AVIOContext.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVIODataMarkerType current_type;
|
||||
int64_t last_time;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A callback that is used instead of short_seek_threshold.
|
||||
* This is current internal only, do not use from outside.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int (*short_seek_get)(void *opaque);
|
||||
|
||||
int64_t written;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum reached position before a backward seek in the write buffer,
|
||||
* used keeping track of already written data for a later flush.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned char *buf_ptr_max;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Try to buffer at least this amount of data before flushing it
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int min_packet_size;
|
||||
} AVIOContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the name of the protocol that will handle the passed URL.
|
||||
|
@ -293,7 +438,7 @@ void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry);
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and initialize an AVIOContext for buffered I/O. It must be later
|
||||
* freed with av_free().
|
||||
* freed with avio_context_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buffer Memory block for input/output operations via AVIOContext.
|
||||
* The buffer must be allocated with av_malloc() and friends.
|
||||
|
@ -306,6 +451,8 @@ void avio_free_directory_entry(AVIODirEntry **entry);
|
|||
* @param write_flag Set to 1 if the buffer should be writable, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
* @param opaque An opaque pointer to user-specific data.
|
||||
* @param read_packet A function for refilling the buffer, may be NULL.
|
||||
* For stream protocols, must never return 0 but rather
|
||||
* a proper AVERROR code.
|
||||
* @param write_packet A function for writing the buffer contents, may be NULL.
|
||||
* The function may not change the input buffers content.
|
||||
* @param seek A function for seeking to specified byte position, may be NULL.
|
||||
|
@ -321,6 +468,14 @@ AVIOContext *avio_alloc_context(
|
|||
int (*write_packet)(void *opaque, uint8_t *buf, int buf_size),
|
||||
int64_t (*seek)(void *opaque, int64_t offset, int whence));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free the supplied IO context and everything associated with it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s Double pointer to the IO context. This function will write NULL
|
||||
* into s.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avio_context_free(AVIOContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
void avio_w8(AVIOContext *s, int b);
|
||||
void avio_write(AVIOContext *s, const unsigned char *buf, int size);
|
||||
void avio_wl64(AVIOContext *s, uint64_t val);
|
||||
|
@ -357,14 +512,26 @@ int avio_put_str16le(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
|
|||
int avio_put_str16be(AVIOContext *s, const char *str);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Passing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
|
||||
* Mark the written bytestream as a specific type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Zero-length ranges are omitted from the output.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param time the stream time the current bytestream pos corresponds to
|
||||
* (in AV_TIME_BASE units), or AV_NOPTS_VALUE if unknown or not
|
||||
* applicable
|
||||
* @param type the kind of data written starting at the current pos
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void avio_write_marker(AVIOContext *s, int64_t time, enum AVIODataMarkerType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ORing this as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
|
||||
* return the filesize without seeking anywhere. Supporting this is optional.
|
||||
* If it is not supported then the seek function will return <0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AVSEEK_SIZE 0x10000
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Oring this flag as into the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
|
||||
* Passing this flag as the "whence" parameter to a seek function causes it to
|
||||
* seek by any means (like reopening and linear reading) or other normally unreasonable
|
||||
* means that can be extremely slow.
|
||||
* This may be ignored by the seek code.
|
||||
|
@ -399,19 +566,12 @@ static av_always_inline int64_t avio_tell(AVIOContext *s)
|
|||
int64_t avio_size(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* feof() equivalent for AVIOContext.
|
||||
* @return non zero if and only if end of file
|
||||
* Similar to feof() but also returns nonzero on read errors.
|
||||
* @return non zero if and only if at end of file or a read error happened when reading.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_feof(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
#if FF_API_URL_FEOF
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @deprecated use avio_feof()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int url_feof(AVIOContext *s);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @warning currently size is limited */
|
||||
/** @warning Writes up to 4 KiB per call */
|
||||
int avio_printf(AVIOContext *s, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
@ -432,6 +592,15 @@ void avio_flush(AVIOContext *s);
|
|||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read size bytes from AVIOContext into buf. Unlike avio_read(), this is allowed
|
||||
* to read fewer bytes than requested. The missing bytes can be read in the next
|
||||
* call. This always tries to read at least 1 byte.
|
||||
* Useful to reduce latency in certain cases.
|
||||
* @return number of bytes read or AVERROR
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_read_partial(AVIOContext *s, unsigned char *buf, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name Functions for reading from AVIOContext
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
|
@ -582,6 +751,18 @@ int avio_closep(AVIOContext **s);
|
|||
*/
|
||||
int avio_open_dyn_buf(AVIOContext **s);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer.
|
||||
* The AVIOContext stream is left intact.
|
||||
* The buffer must NOT be freed.
|
||||
* No padding is added to the buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s IO context
|
||||
* @param pbuffer pointer to a byte buffer
|
||||
* @return the length of the byte buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int avio_get_dyn_buf(AVIOContext *s, uint8_t **pbuffer);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the written size and a pointer to the buffer. The buffer
|
||||
* must be freed with av_free().
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -29,8 +29,10 @@
|
|||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 57
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 14
|
||||
// Major bumping may affect Ticket5467, 5421, 5451(compatibility with Chromium)
|
||||
// Also please add any ticket numbers that you believe might be affected here
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR 58
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MINOR 29
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
|
@ -53,21 +55,58 @@
|
|||
* at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_BITEXACT
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_BITEXACT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2
|
||||
#define FF_API_COMPUTE_PKT_FIELDS2 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FRAC
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_FRAC (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_OPEN_CALLBACKS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_CODEC_TB
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_CODEC_TB (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_AVCTX (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_URL_FEOF
|
||||
#define FF_API_URL_FEOF (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT
|
||||
#define FF_API_HTTP_USER_AGENT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FMT_RAWPICTURE
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_FMT_RAWPICTURE (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_HLS_WRAP
|
||||
#define FF_API_HLS_WRAP (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_HLS_USE_LOCALTIME
|
||||
#define FF_API_HLS_USE_LOCALTIME (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_KEEPSIDE_FLAG (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_ROTATE_API (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET
|
||||
#define FF_API_FORMAT_GET_SET (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_AVIO_EOF_0 (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_FFSERVER (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME
|
||||
#define FF_API_FORMAT_FILENAME (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS
|
||||
#define FF_API_OLD_RTSP_OPTIONS (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_NEXT
|
||||
#define FF_API_NEXT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION
|
||||
#define FF_API_DASH_MIN_SEG_DURATION (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM
|
||||
#define FF_API_LAVF_MP4A_LATM (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_AVIOFORMAT
|
||||
#define FF_API_AVIOFORMAT (LIBAVFORMAT_VERSION_MAJOR < 59)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE
|
||||
#define FF_API_R_FRAME_RATE 1
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -18,6 +18,12 @@
|
|||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_adler32
|
||||
* Public header for Adler-32 hash function implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -25,11 +31,10 @@
|
|||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Public header for libavutil Adler32 hasher
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler-32
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_hash
|
||||
* Adler-32 hash function implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler32
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
88
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h
Normal file
88
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* AES-CTR cipher
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau <erankor at gmail dot com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16)
|
||||
#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8)
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVAESCTR;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVAESCTR context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize an AVAESCTR context.
|
||||
* @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Release an AVAESCTR context.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Process a buffer using a previously initialized context.
|
||||
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
|
||||
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
|
||||
* @param size the size of src and dst
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the current iv
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Generate a random iv
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forcefully change the 8-byte iv
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Forcefully change the "full" 16-byte iv, including the counter
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_aes_ctr_set_full_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */
|
|
@ -66,19 +66,19 @@
|
|||
# define av_noinline
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
|
||||
# define av_pure __attribute__((pure))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_pure
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6)
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__)
|
||||
# define av_const __attribute__((const))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_const
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__)
|
||||
# define av_cold __attribute__((cold))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_cold
|
||||
|
@ -121,8 +121,7 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUC__)
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
|
||||
# define av_unused __attribute__((unused))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_unused
|
||||
|
@ -133,25 +132,25 @@
|
|||
* away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline
|
||||
* assembler without the compiler being aware.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
|
||||
# define av_used __attribute__((used))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_used
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3)
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__)
|
||||
# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_alias
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && !defined(__clang__)
|
||||
#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
|
||||
# define av_uninit(x) x=x
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_uninit(x) x
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
|
||||
# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p
|
||||
# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos)))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
@ -159,7 +158,7 @@
|
|||
# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5)
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__)
|
||||
# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_noreturn
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -110,6 +110,23 @@ int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
|
|||
*/
|
||||
int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see enum AVSampleFormat
|
||||
* The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param af AVAudioFifo to read from
|
||||
* @param data audio data plane pointers
|
||||
* @param nb_samples number of samples to peek
|
||||
* @param offset offset from current read position
|
||||
* @return number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code
|
||||
* on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not
|
||||
* be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
|
||||
* nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offset);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read data from an AVAudioFifo.
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code.
|
||||
* These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speedloss.
|
||||
* These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speed loss.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0
|
||||
#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond)
|
||||
|
@ -59,8 +59,17 @@
|
|||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1
|
||||
#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond)
|
||||
#define av_assert2_fpu() av_assert0_fpu()
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0)
|
||||
#define av_assert2_fpu() ((void)0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Assert that floating point operations can be executed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This will av_assert0() that the cpu is not in MMX state on X86
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_assert0_fpu(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
|
|||
/* Generated by ffconf */
|
||||
/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
|
||||
#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0
|
||||
#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1
|
||||
#define AV_HAVE_INCOMPATIBLE_LIBAV_ABI 0
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len)
|
|||
char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert a number to a av_malloced string.
|
||||
* Convert a number to an av_malloced string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_d2str(double d);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -266,6 +266,11 @@ int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b);
|
|||
*/
|
||||
int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Locale-independent strings replace.
|
||||
* @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replace
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Thread safe basename.
|
||||
|
@ -284,6 +289,11 @@ const char *av_dirname(char *path);
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names.
|
||||
* List entries are checked from the start to the end of the names list,
|
||||
* the first match ends further processing. If an entry prefixed with '-'
|
||||
* matches, then 0 is returned. The "ALL" list entry is considered to
|
||||
* match all names.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name Name to look for.
|
||||
* @param names List of names.
|
||||
* @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise.
|
||||
|
@ -390,6 +400,12 @@ int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end,
|
|||
*/
|
||||
int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* See libc sscanf manual for more information.
|
||||
* Locale-independent sscanf implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_sscanf(const char *string, const char *format, ...);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -23,7 +23,8 @@
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* external API header
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu
|
||||
* Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
@ -78,14 +79,15 @@
|
|||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu Common utility functions
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu libavutil
|
||||
* Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @brief
|
||||
* libavutil contains the code shared across all the other FFmpeg
|
||||
* libraries
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note In order to use the functions provided by avutil you must include
|
||||
* the specific header.
|
||||
* @note
|
||||
* libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the
|
||||
* functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include
|
||||
* the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using
|
||||
* media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which
|
||||
* brings in most of the "core" components.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
@ -94,7 +96,7 @@
|
|||
* @{
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_math Maths
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
|
@ -116,6 +118,12 @@
|
|||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_video Video related
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
|
@ -266,7 +274,7 @@ enum AVPictureType {
|
|||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG4
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG-4
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted
|
||||
AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI, ///< BI type
|
||||
|
@ -335,6 +343,20 @@ FILE *av_fopen_utf8(const char *path, const char *mode);
|
|||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_get_time_base_q(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
|
||||
|
||||
#define av_fourcc2str(fourcc) av_fourcc_make_string((char[AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, fourcc)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a FourCC (four-character
|
||||
* code) representation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE
|
||||
* @param fourcc the fourcc to represent
|
||||
* @return the buffer in input
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_fourcc_make_string(char *buf, uint32_t fourcc);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -29,19 +29,24 @@
|
|||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Decode a base64-encoded string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param out buffer for decoded data
|
||||
* @param in null-terminated input string
|
||||
* @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at
|
||||
* least 3/4 of the length of in
|
||||
* least 3/4 of the length of in, that is AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(strlen(in))
|
||||
* @return number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of
|
||||
* invalid input
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Calculate the output size in bytes needed to decode a base64 string
|
||||
* with length x to a data buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(x) ((x) * 3LL / 4)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encode data to base64 and null-terminate.
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -248,6 +248,24 @@ typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool;
|
|||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(int size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(int size));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param size size of each buffer in this pool
|
||||
* @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator
|
||||
* @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
|
||||
* pool is empty.
|
||||
* @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool
|
||||
* is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called
|
||||
* by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool
|
||||
* and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque
|
||||
* data.
|
||||
* @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(int size, void *opaque,
|
||||
AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, int size),
|
||||
void (*pool_free)(void *opaque));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only
|
||||
* once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it
|
||||
|
@ -255,7 +273,6 @@ AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(int size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(int size));
|
|||
* in use.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL.
|
||||
* @see av_buffer_pool_can_uninit()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool);
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -131,21 +131,30 @@ enum AVMatrixEncoding {
|
|||
* 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix);
|
||||
* - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC,
|
||||
* SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR);
|
||||
* - a number of channels, in decimal, optionally followed by 'c', yielding
|
||||
* - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding
|
||||
* the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see
|
||||
* av_get_default_channel_layout);
|
||||
* - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the
|
||||
* AV_CH_* macros).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning Starting from the next major bump the trailing character
|
||||
* 'c' to specify a number of channels will be required, while a
|
||||
* channel layout mask could also be specified as a decimal number
|
||||
* (if and only if not followed by "c").
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7"
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse
|
||||
* unknown channel layout specifications.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] name channel layout specification string
|
||||
* @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown)
|
||||
* @param[out] nb_channels number of channels
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a description of a channel layout.
|
||||
* If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -40,6 +40,7 @@
|
|||
#include <string.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "macros.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -53,9 +54,12 @@
|
|||
#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b))
|
||||
/* assume b>0 */
|
||||
#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b))
|
||||
/* assume a>0 and b>0 */
|
||||
#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \
|
||||
/* Fast a/(1<<b) rounded toward +inf. Assume a>=0 and b>=0 */
|
||||
#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \
|
||||
: ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b))
|
||||
/* Backwards compat. */
|
||||
#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT
|
||||
|
||||
#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b))
|
||||
#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b))
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -94,7 +98,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0)
|
||||
#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0]))
|
||||
#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1))
|
||||
|
||||
/* misc math functions */
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -155,7 +158,7 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, in
|
|||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (a&(~0xFF)) return (-a)>>31;
|
||||
if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31;
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -177,7 +180,7 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a)
|
|||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (-a)>>31;
|
||||
if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31;
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -211,7 +214,7 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
|
|||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if ((a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1))
|
||||
if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1))
|
||||
return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1);
|
||||
else
|
||||
return a;
|
||||
|
@ -225,7 +228,7 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p)
|
|||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return -a >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1);
|
||||
if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return (~a) >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1);
|
||||
else return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -257,13 +260,37 @@ static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b)
|
|||
*
|
||||
* @param a first value
|
||||
* @param b value doubled and added to a
|
||||
* @return sum with signed saturation
|
||||
* @return sum sat(a + sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Subtract two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param a one value
|
||||
* @param b another value
|
||||
* @return difference with signed saturation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline int av_sat_sub32_c(int a, int b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a - b);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Subtract a doubled value from another value with saturation at both stages.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param a first value
|
||||
* @param b value doubled and subtracted from a
|
||||
* @return difference sat(a - sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static av_always_inline int av_sat_dsub32_c(int a, int b)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return av_sat_sub32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Clip a float value into the amin-amax range.
|
||||
* @param a value to clip
|
||||
|
@ -331,6 +358,11 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
|
|||
return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return av_popcount(v) & 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d) ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24))
|
||||
#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24))
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -351,13 +383,13 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
|
|||
* to prevent undefined results.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\
|
||||
val= GET_BYTE;\
|
||||
val= (GET_BYTE);\
|
||||
{\
|
||||
uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\
|
||||
if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\
|
||||
ERROR\
|
||||
while (val & top) {\
|
||||
int tmp= GET_BYTE - 128;\
|
||||
int tmp= (GET_BYTE) - 128;\
|
||||
if(tmp>>6)\
|
||||
ERROR\
|
||||
val= (val<<6) + tmp;\
|
||||
|
@ -505,6 +537,12 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
|
|||
#ifndef av_sat_dadd32
|
||||
# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_sat_sub32
|
||||
# define av_sat_sub32 av_sat_sub32_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_sat_dsub32
|
||||
# define av_sat_dsub32 av_sat_dsub32_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_clipf
|
||||
# define av_clipf av_clipf_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
@ -517,3 +555,6 @@ static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
|
|||
#ifndef av_popcount64
|
||||
# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef av_parity
|
||||
# define av_parity av_parity_c
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
|
|||
#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_CPU_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */
|
||||
|
@ -39,6 +41,7 @@
|
|||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
|
||||
///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
|
||||
|
@ -52,6 +55,7 @@
|
|||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06
|
||||
|
@ -64,12 +68,13 @@
|
|||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6)
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations
|
||||
#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 <<16)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
|
||||
* The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used
|
||||
* before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in a application to
|
||||
* before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to
|
||||
* detect the enabled cpu flags.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_get_cpu_flags(void);
|
||||
|
@ -84,8 +89,6 @@ void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags);
|
|||
* Set a mask on flags returned by av_get_cpu_flags().
|
||||
* This function is mainly useful for testing.
|
||||
* Please use av_force_cpu_flags() and av_get_cpu_flags() instead which are more flexible
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning this function is not thread safe.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void av_set_cpu_flags_mask(int mask);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -113,4 +116,15 @@ int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s);
|
|||
*/
|
||||
int av_cpu_count(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask,
|
||||
* so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with
|
||||
* --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through
|
||||
* av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not
|
||||
* present.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
size_t av_cpu_max_align(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -18,16 +18,29 @@
|
|||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crc32
|
||||
* Public header for CRC hash function implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_CRC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC32
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_hash
|
||||
* CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) hash function implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This module supports numerous CRC polynomials, in addition to the most
|
||||
* widely used CRC-32-IEEE. See @ref AVCRCId for a list of available
|
||||
* polynomials.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -40,7 +53,8 @@ typedef enum {
|
|||
AV_CRC_32_IEEE,
|
||||
AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */
|
||||
AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE, /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */
|
||||
AV_CRC_24_IEEE = 12,
|
||||
AV_CRC_24_IEEE,
|
||||
AV_CRC_8_EBU,
|
||||
AV_CRC_MAX, /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */
|
||||
}AVCRCId;
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
|
@ -65,7 +64,6 @@
|
|||
}
|
||||
av_dict_free(&d);
|
||||
@endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
|
||||
|
@ -78,6 +76,7 @@
|
|||
#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries.
|
||||
#define AV_DICT_APPEND 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no
|
||||
delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
|
||||
#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry {
|
||||
char *key;
|
||||
|
@ -118,10 +117,13 @@ int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m);
|
|||
* Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set,
|
||||
* these arguments will be freed on error.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Warning: Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries
|
||||
* previously returned with av_dict_get.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
|
||||
* a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
|
||||
* @param key entry key to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags)
|
||||
* @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped depending on flags).
|
||||
* @param key entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags)
|
||||
* @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags).
|
||||
* Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted.
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -18,21 +18,38 @@
|
|||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Display matrix
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_video
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_video_display
|
||||
* The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that
|
||||
* should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible
|
||||
* with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.unparsed}
|
||||
* | a b u |
|
||||
* (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v |
|
||||
* | x y w |
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values,
|
||||
* except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values.
|
||||
|
@ -40,15 +57,21 @@
|
|||
* The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation)
|
||||
* frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as
|
||||
* follows:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.unparsed}
|
||||
* | a b u |
|
||||
* (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1)
|
||||
* | x y w |
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as
|
||||
* follows:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.unparsed}
|
||||
* p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z;
|
||||
* q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z;
|
||||
* z = u * p + v * q + w
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
@ -83,4 +106,9 @@ void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle);
|
|||
*/
|
||||
void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */
|
||||
|
|
205
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h
Normal file
205
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo {
|
||||
/** The number of bytes that are clear. */
|
||||
unsigned int bytes_of_clear_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of bytes that are protected. If using pattern encryption,
|
||||
* the pattern applies to only the protected bytes; if not using pattern
|
||||
* encryption, all these bytes are encrypted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int bytes_of_protected_data;
|
||||
} AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This describes encryption info for a packet. This contains frame-specific
|
||||
* info for how to decrypt the packet before passing it to the decoder.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVEncryptionInfo {
|
||||
/** The fourcc encryption scheme, in big-endian byte order. */
|
||||
uint32_t scheme;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks
|
||||
* that are encrypted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t crypt_byte_block;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Only used for pattern encryption. This is the number of 16-byte blocks
|
||||
* that are clear.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t skip_byte_block;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The ID of the key used to encrypt the packet. This should always be
|
||||
* 16 bytes long, but may be changed in the future.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *key_id;
|
||||
uint32_t key_id_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The initialization vector. This may have been zero-filled to be the
|
||||
* correct block size. This should always be 16 bytes long, but may be
|
||||
* changed in the future.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *iv;
|
||||
uint32_t iv_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An array of subsample encryption info specifying how parts of the sample
|
||||
* are encrypted. If there are no subsamples, then the whole sample is
|
||||
* encrypted.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo *subsamples;
|
||||
uint32_t subsample_count;
|
||||
} AVEncryptionInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This describes info used to initialize an encryption key system.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVEncryptionInitInfo {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A unique identifier for the key system this is for, can be NULL if it
|
||||
* is not known. This should always be 16 bytes, but may change in the
|
||||
* future.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t* system_id;
|
||||
uint32_t system_id_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An array of key IDs this initialization data is for. All IDs are the
|
||||
* same length. Can be NULL if there are no known key IDs.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t** key_ids;
|
||||
/** The number of key IDs. */
|
||||
uint32_t num_key_ids;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of bytes in each key ID. This should always be 16, but may
|
||||
* change in the future.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t key_id_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Key-system specific initialization data. This data is copied directly
|
||||
* from the file and the format depends on the specific key system. This
|
||||
* can be NULL if there is no initialization data; in that case, there
|
||||
* will be at least one key ID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t* data;
|
||||
uint32_t data_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* An optional pointer to the next initialization info in the list.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVEncryptionInitInfo *next;
|
||||
} AVEncryptionInitInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the given
|
||||
* number of subsamples. This will allocate pointers for the key ID, IV,
|
||||
* and subsample entries, set the size members, and zero-initialize the rest.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param subsample_count The number of subsamples.
|
||||
* @param key_id_size The number of bytes in the key ID, should be 16.
|
||||
* @param iv_size The number of bytes in the IV, should be 16.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_alloc(uint32_t subsample_count, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t iv_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure with a copy of the given data.
|
||||
* @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_clone(const AVEncryptionInfo *info);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Frees the given encryption info object. This MUST NOT be used to free the
|
||||
* side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_encryption_info_free(AVEncryptionInfo *info);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInfo that is contained in the given side
|
||||
* data. The resulting object should be passed to av_encryption_info_free()
|
||||
* when done.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_get_side_data(const uint8_t *side_data, size_t side_data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption
|
||||
* info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or given
|
||||
* to av_packet_add_side_data().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *av_encryption_info_add_side_data(
|
||||
const AVEncryptionInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocates an AVEncryptionInitInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the
|
||||
* given sizes. This will allocate pointers and set all the fields.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_alloc(
|
||||
uint32_t system_id_size, uint32_t num_key_ids, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Frees the given encryption init info object. This MUST NOT be used to free
|
||||
* the side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_encryption_init_info_free(AVEncryptionInitInfo* info);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInitInfo that is contained in the given
|
||||
* side data. The resulting object should be passed to
|
||||
* av_encryption_init_info_free() when done.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_get_side_data(
|
||||
const uint8_t* side_data, size_t side_data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption
|
||||
* init info. The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or
|
||||
* given to av_packet_add_side_data().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *av_encryption_init_info_add_side_data(
|
||||
const AVEncryptionInitInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H */
|
|
@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
|
|||
/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
|
||||
#define FFMPEG_VERSION "N-76479-gc878082"
|
||||
#define FFMPEG_VERSION "4.2.2"
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -33,6 +33,8 @@
|
|||
* allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available.
|
||||
* In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and
|
||||
* *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr.
|
||||
* Unlike mmap this function succeeds with zero sized files, in this
|
||||
* case *bufptr will be set to NULL and *size will be set to 0.
|
||||
* The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging
|
||||
|
@ -62,6 +64,7 @@ void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size);
|
|||
* @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before
|
||||
* calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in
|
||||
* libraries and could interfere with the calling application.
|
||||
* @deprecated as fd numbers cannot be passed saftely between libs on some platforms
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
|
@ -26,6 +25,7 @@
|
|||
#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avutil.h"
|
||||
|
@ -106,12 +106,79 @@ enum AVFrameSideDataType {
|
|||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to
|
||||
* enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
|
||||
* an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the
|
||||
* mastering display color volume.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer.
|
||||
* This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in
|
||||
* libavutil/spherical.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in
|
||||
* the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the
|
||||
* format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the
|
||||
* metadata key entry "name".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE,
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Implementation-specific description of the format of AV_FRAME_QP_TABLE_DATA.
|
||||
* The contents of this side data are undocumented and internal; use
|
||||
* av_frame_set_qp_table() and av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this in a
|
||||
* meaningful way instead.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Raw QP table data. Its format is described by
|
||||
* AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_PROPERTIES. Use av_frame_set_qp_table() and
|
||||
* av_frame_get_qp_table() to access this instead.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_QP_TABLE_DATA,
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t
|
||||
* where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used.
|
||||
* The timecode format is described in the av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum()
|
||||
* function in libavutil/timecode.c.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* HDR dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
|
||||
* an AVDynamicHDRPlus type and contains information for color
|
||||
* volume transform - application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_PLUS,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Regions Of Interest, the data is an array of AVRegionOfInterest type, the number of
|
||||
* array element is implied by AVFrameSideData.size / AVRegionOfInterest.self_size.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_DATA_REGIONS_OF_INTEREST,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVActiveFormatDescription {
|
||||
|
@ -139,6 +206,62 @@ typedef struct AVFrameSideData {
|
|||
AVBufferRef *buf;
|
||||
} AVFrameSideData;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Structure describing a single Region Of Interest.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When multiple regions are defined in a single side-data block, they
|
||||
* should be ordered from most to least important - some encoders are only
|
||||
* capable of supporting a limited number of distinct regions, so will have
|
||||
* to truncate the list.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* When overlapping regions are defined, the first region containing a given
|
||||
* area of the frame applies.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVRegionOfInterest {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Must be set to the size of this data structure (that is,
|
||||
* sizeof(AVRegionOfInterest)).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t self_size;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Distance in pixels from the top edge of the frame to the top and
|
||||
* bottom edges and from the left edge of the frame to the left and
|
||||
* right edges of the rectangle defining this region of interest.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The constraints on a region are encoder dependent, so the region
|
||||
* actually affected may be slightly larger for alignment or other
|
||||
* reasons.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int top;
|
||||
int bottom;
|
||||
int left;
|
||||
int right;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Quantisation offset.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be in the range -1 to +1. A value of zero indicates no quality
|
||||
* change. A negative value asks for better quality (less quantisation),
|
||||
* while a positive value asks for worse quality (greater quantisation).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The range is calibrated so that the extreme values indicate the
|
||||
* largest possible offset - if the rest of the frame is encoded with the
|
||||
* worst possible quality, an offset of -1 indicates that this region
|
||||
* should be encoded with the best possible quality anyway. Intermediate
|
||||
* values are then interpolated in some codec-dependent way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For example, in 10-bit H.264 the quantisation parameter varies between
|
||||
* -12 and 51. A typical qoffset value of -1/10 therefore indicates that
|
||||
* this region should be encoded with a QP around one-tenth of the full
|
||||
* range better than the rest of the frame. So, if most of the frame
|
||||
* were to be encoded with a QP of around 30, this region would get a QP
|
||||
* of around 24 (an offset of approximately -1/10 * (51 - -12) = -6.3).
|
||||
* An extreme value of -1 would indicate that this region should be
|
||||
* encoded with the best possible quality regardless of the treatment of
|
||||
* the rest of the frame - that is, should be encoded at a QP of -12.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational qoffset;
|
||||
} AVRegionOfInterest;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
@ -164,9 +287,10 @@ typedef struct AVFrameSideData {
|
|||
*
|
||||
* sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
|
||||
* to the end with a minor bump.
|
||||
* Similarly fields that are marked as to be only accessed by
|
||||
* av_opt_ptr() can be reordered. This allows 2 forks to add fields
|
||||
* without breaking compatibility with each other.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the
|
||||
* C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass
|
||||
* for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVFrame {
|
||||
#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8
|
||||
|
@ -178,6 +302,9 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
|
|||
* see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read
|
||||
* up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used,
|
||||
* then 16 extra bytes must be allocated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* NOTE: Except for hwaccel formats, pointers not needed by the format
|
||||
* MUST be set to NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -215,9 +342,18 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
|
|||
uint8_t **extended_data;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* width and height of the video frame
|
||||
* @name Video dimensions
|
||||
* Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame,
|
||||
* i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further
|
||||
* restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle".
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int width, height;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame
|
||||
|
@ -251,10 +387,14 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
|
|||
*/
|
||||
int64_t pts;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_PKT_PTS
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* PTS copied from the AVPacket that was decoded to produce this frame.
|
||||
* @deprecated use the pts field instead
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int64_t pkt_pts;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used)
|
||||
|
@ -312,13 +452,12 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
|
|||
int palette_has_changed;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* reordered opaque 64bit (generally an integer or a double precision float
|
||||
* reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float
|
||||
* PTS but can be anything).
|
||||
* The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at
|
||||
* that time,
|
||||
* the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque
|
||||
* to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
|
||||
* @deprecated in favor of pkt_pts
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t reordered_opaque;
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -369,6 +508,7 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_frame
|
||||
* Flags describing additional frame properties.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
|
@ -378,6 +518,10 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
|
|||
* The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -389,8 +533,6 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
|
||||
* It must be accessed using av_frame_get_color_range() and
|
||||
* av_frame_set_color_range().
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -402,8 +544,6 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* YUV colorspace type.
|
||||
* It must be accessed using av_frame_get_colorspace() and
|
||||
* av_frame_set_colorspace().
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -413,8 +553,6 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base
|
||||
* Code outside libavutil should access this field using:
|
||||
* av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(frame)
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -422,8 +560,6 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder
|
||||
* Code outside libavutil should access this field using:
|
||||
* av_frame_get_pkt_pos(frame)
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Read by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -432,8 +568,6 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in
|
||||
* AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
|
||||
* Code outside libavutil should access this field using:
|
||||
* av_frame_get_pkt_duration(frame)
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Read by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -441,8 +575,6 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* metadata.
|
||||
* Code outside libavutil should access this field using:
|
||||
* av_frame_get_metadata(frame)
|
||||
* - encoding: Set by user.
|
||||
* - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -452,19 +584,17 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
|
|||
* decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of
|
||||
* FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there
|
||||
* were errors during the decoding.
|
||||
* Code outside libavutil should access this field using:
|
||||
* av_frame_get_decode_error_flags(frame)
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int decode_error_flags;
|
||||
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1
|
||||
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2
|
||||
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT_ACTIVE 4
|
||||
#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_DECODE_SLICES 8
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* number of audio channels, only used for audio.
|
||||
* Code outside libavutil should access this field using:
|
||||
* av_frame_get_channels(frame)
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: Read by user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -472,8 +602,7 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed
|
||||
* frame. It must be accessed using av_frame_get_pkt_size() and
|
||||
* av_frame_set_pkt_size().
|
||||
* frame.
|
||||
* It is set to a negative value if unknown.
|
||||
* - encoding: unused
|
||||
* - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
|
||||
|
@ -483,13 +612,11 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
|
|||
#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* QP table
|
||||
* Not to be accessed directly from outside libavutil
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int8_t *qscale_table;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* QP store stride
|
||||
* Not to be accessed directly from outside libavutil
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int qstride;
|
||||
|
@ -497,45 +624,112 @@ typedef struct AVFrame {
|
|||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int qscale_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Not to be accessed directly from outside libavutil
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVBufferRef *qp_table_buf;
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext describing the frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the
|
||||
* contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when
|
||||
* the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new
|
||||
* reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar
|
||||
* purpose.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *opaque_ref;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @anchor cropping
|
||||
* @name Cropping
|
||||
* Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the
|
||||
* top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of
|
||||
* the frame intended for presentation.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
size_t crop_top;
|
||||
size_t crop_bottom;
|
||||
size_t crop_left;
|
||||
size_t crop_right;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library.
|
||||
* Must not be used to transfer data between libraries.
|
||||
* Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of the buffer ref.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced.
|
||||
* av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref()
|
||||
* for the target frame's private_ref field.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *private_ref;
|
||||
} AVFrame;
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Accessors for some AVFrame fields.
|
||||
* The position of these field in the structure is not part of the ABI,
|
||||
* they should not be accessed directly outside libavutil.
|
||||
* Accessors for some AVFrame fields. These used to be provided for ABI
|
||||
* compatibility, and do not need to be used anymore.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int64_t av_frame_get_best_effort_timestamp(const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_frame_set_best_effort_timestamp(AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_duration (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_frame_set_pkt_duration (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int64_t av_frame_get_pkt_pos (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_frame_set_pkt_pos (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int64_t av_frame_get_channel_layout (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_frame_set_channel_layout (AVFrame *frame, int64_t val);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_frame_get_channels (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_frame_set_channels (AVFrame *frame, int val);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_frame_get_sample_rate (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_frame_set_sample_rate (AVFrame *frame, int val);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
AVDictionary *av_frame_get_metadata (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_frame_set_metadata (AVFrame *frame, AVDictionary *val);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_frame_get_decode_error_flags (const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_frame_set_decode_error_flags (AVFrame *frame, int val);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_frame_get_pkt_size(const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_frame_set_pkt_size(AVFrame *frame, int val);
|
||||
AVDictionary **avpriv_frame_get_metadatap(AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
#if FF_API_FRAME_QP
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int8_t *av_frame_get_qp_table(AVFrame *f, int *stride, int *type);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
int av_frame_set_qp_table(AVFrame *f, AVBufferRef *buf, int stride, int type);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
enum AVColorSpace av_frame_get_colorspace(const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_frame_set_colorspace(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorSpace val);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
enum AVColorRange av_frame_get_color_range(const AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated
|
||||
void av_frame_set_color_range(AVFrame *frame, enum AVColorRange val);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the name of a colorspace.
|
||||
|
@ -573,6 +767,10 @@ void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame);
|
|||
* If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is
|
||||
* copied.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst),
|
||||
* or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this
|
||||
* function, or undefined behavior will occur.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
|
||||
|
@ -593,6 +791,10 @@ void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame);
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading
|
||||
* or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually
|
||||
* before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -608,8 +810,14 @@ void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src);
|
|||
* necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf.
|
||||
* For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will
|
||||
* leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain
|
||||
* cases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers.
|
||||
* @param align required buffer size alignment
|
||||
* @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be
|
||||
* chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly
|
||||
* recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -688,6 +896,22 @@ AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame,
|
|||
enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
|
||||
int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
|
||||
* @param type the type of the added side data
|
||||
* @param buf an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of
|
||||
* the reference is transferred to the frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure
|
||||
* the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by
|
||||
* the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame *frame,
|
||||
enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
|
||||
AVBufferRef *buf);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there
|
||||
* is no side data with such type in this frame.
|
||||
|
@ -701,6 +925,40 @@ AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame,
|
|||
*/
|
||||
void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flags for frame cropping.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the
|
||||
* AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data
|
||||
* to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior
|
||||
* (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that
|
||||
* are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you
|
||||
* absolutely know what you are doing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/
|
||||
* crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the
|
||||
* data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent
|
||||
* alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel
|
||||
* formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even
|
||||
* if the cropping was rounded or ignored.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param frame the frame which should be cropped
|
||||
* @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields
|
||||
* were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return a string identifying the side data type
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -18,18 +18,110 @@
|
|||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_hash_generic
|
||||
* Generic hashing API
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HASH_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_hash Hash Functions
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* Hash functions useful in multimedia.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Hash functions are widely used in multimedia, from error checking and
|
||||
* concealment to internal regression testing. libavutil has efficient
|
||||
* implementations of a variety of hash functions that may be useful for
|
||||
* FFmpeg and other multimedia applications.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_hash_generic Generic Hashing API
|
||||
* An abstraction layer for all hash functions supported by libavutil.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If your application needs to support a wide range of different hash
|
||||
* functions, then the Generic Hashing API is for you. It provides a generic,
|
||||
* reusable API for @ref lavu_hash "all hash functions" implemented in libavutil.
|
||||
* If you just need to use one particular hash function, use the @ref lavu_hash
|
||||
* "individual hash" directly.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section Sample Code
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A basic template for using the Generic Hashing API follows:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* struct AVHashContext *ctx = NULL;
|
||||
* const char *hash_name = NULL;
|
||||
* uint8_t *output_buf = NULL;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Select from a string returned by av_hash_names()
|
||||
* hash_name = ...;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Allocate a hash context
|
||||
* ret = av_hash_alloc(&ctx, hash_name);
|
||||
* if (ret < 0)
|
||||
* return ret;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Initialize the hash context
|
||||
* av_hash_init(ctx);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Update the hash context with data
|
||||
* while (data_left) {
|
||||
* av_hash_update(ctx, data, size);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Now we have no more data, so it is time to finalize the hash and get the
|
||||
* // output. But we need to first allocate an output buffer. Note that you can
|
||||
* // use any memory allocation function, including malloc(), not just
|
||||
* // av_malloc().
|
||||
* output_buf = av_malloc(av_hash_get_size(ctx));
|
||||
* if (!output_buf)
|
||||
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Finalize the hash context.
|
||||
* // You can use any of the av_hash_final*() functions provided, for other
|
||||
* // output formats. If you do so, be sure to adjust the memory allocation
|
||||
* // above. See the function documentation below for the exact amount of extra
|
||||
* // memory needed.
|
||||
* av_hash_final(ctx, output_buffer);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Free the context
|
||||
* av_hash_freep(&ctx);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @section Hash Function-Specific Information
|
||||
* If the CRC32 hash is selected, the #AV_CRC_32_IEEE polynomial will be
|
||||
* used.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the Murmur3 hash is selected, the default seed will be used. See @ref
|
||||
* lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Murmur3" for more information.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @example ffhash.c
|
||||
* This example is a simple command line application that takes one or more
|
||||
* arguments. It demonstrates a typical use of the hashing API with allocation,
|
||||
* initialization, updating, and finalizing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
struct AVHashContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure
|
||||
* @note The context is not initialized, you must call av_hash_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The context is not initialized after a call to this function; you must
|
||||
* call av_hash_init() to do so.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -38,8 +130,8 @@ int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name);
|
|||
*
|
||||
* This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param i index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0
|
||||
* @return a pointer to a static string or NULL if i is out of range
|
||||
* @param[in] i Index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a static string or `NULL` if `i` is out of range
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_hash_names(int i);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -49,64 +141,129 @@ const char *av_hash_names(int i);
|
|||
const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Maximum value that av_hash_get_size will currently return.
|
||||
* Maximum value that av_hash_get_size() will currently return.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation
|
||||
* and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to libavutil without
|
||||
* recompilation.
|
||||
* Note that you still need to check against av_hash_get_size, adding new hashes
|
||||
* with larger sizes will not be considered an ABI change and should not cause
|
||||
* your code to overflow a buffer.
|
||||
* You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation for
|
||||
* the output buffer and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to
|
||||
* libavutil without recompilation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning
|
||||
* Adding new hashes with larger sizes, and increasing the macro while doing
|
||||
* so, will not be considered an ABI change. To prevent your code from
|
||||
* overflowing a buffer, either dynamically allocate the output buffer with
|
||||
* av_hash_get_size(), or limit your use of the Hashing API to hashes that are
|
||||
* already in FFmpeg during the time of compilation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The pointer passed to av_hash_final have space for at least this many bytes.
|
||||
* The maximum value this function will currently return is available as macro
|
||||
* #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] ctx Hash context
|
||||
* @return Size of the hash value in bytes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize or reset a hash context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Update a hash context with additional data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
|
||||
* @param[in] src Data to be added to the hash context
|
||||
* @param[in] len Size of the additional data
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
|
||||
void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The minimum size of `dst` buffer is given by av_hash_get_size() or
|
||||
* #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. The use of the latter macro is discouraged.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
|
||||
* been finalized.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
|
||||
* @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_hash_final_bin() provides an alternative API
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value.
|
||||
* If size is smaller than the hash size, the hash is truncated;
|
||||
* if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0.
|
||||
* Finalize a hash context and store the actual hash value in a buffer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
|
||||
* been finalized.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If `size` is smaller than the hash size (given by av_hash_get_size()), the
|
||||
* hash is truncated; if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
|
||||
* @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
|
||||
* @param[in] size Number of bytes to write to `dst`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value as a hex string.
|
||||
* Finalize a hash context and store the hexadecimal representation of the
|
||||
* actual hash value as a string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
|
||||
* been finalized.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The string is always 0-terminated.
|
||||
* If size is smaller than 2 * hash_size + 1, the hex string is truncated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If `size` is smaller than `2 * hash_size + 1`, where `hash_size` is the
|
||||
* value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
|
||||
* @param[out] dst Where the string will be stored
|
||||
* @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value as a base64 string.
|
||||
* Finalize a hash context and store the Base64 representation of the
|
||||
* actual hash value as a string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
|
||||
* been finalized.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The string is always 0-terminated.
|
||||
* If size is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), the base64 string is
|
||||
* truncated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If `size` is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), where `hash_size` is
|
||||
* the value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
|
||||
* @param[out] dst Where the final hash value will be stored
|
||||
* @param[in] size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free hash context.
|
||||
* Free hash context and set hash context pointer to `NULL`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ctx Pointer to hash context
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */
|
||||
|
|
343
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h
Normal file
343
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2018 Mohammad Izadi <moh.izadi at gmail.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "frame.h"
|
||||
#include "rational.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Option for overlapping elliptical pixel selectors in an image.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption {
|
||||
AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_WEIGHTED_AVERAGING = 0,
|
||||
AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_LAYERING = 1,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Represents the percentile at a specific percentage in
|
||||
* a distribution.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVHDRPlusPercentile {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The percentage value corresponding to a specific percentile linearized
|
||||
* RGB value in the processing window in the scene. The value shall be in
|
||||
* the range of 0 to100, inclusive.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t percentage;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The linearized maxRGB value at a specific percentile in the processing
|
||||
* window in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive
|
||||
* and in multiples of 0.00001.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational percentile;
|
||||
} AVHDRPlusPercentile;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for
|
||||
* SMPTE 2094-40.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The relative x coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing
|
||||
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
|
||||
* in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
|
||||
* to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for
|
||||
* first processing window shall be 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational window_upper_left_corner_x;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The relative y coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing
|
||||
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
|
||||
* in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
|
||||
* to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for
|
||||
* first processing window shall be 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational window_upper_left_corner_y;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The relative x coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing
|
||||
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
|
||||
* in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
|
||||
* to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for
|
||||
* first processing window shall be 1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational window_lower_right_corner_x;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The relative y coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing
|
||||
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
|
||||
* in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
|
||||
* to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for
|
||||
* first processing window shall be 1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational window_lower_right_corner_y;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The x coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and
|
||||
* external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing
|
||||
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (width of Picture - 1),
|
||||
* inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t center_of_ellipse_x;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The y coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and
|
||||
* external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing
|
||||
* window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (height of Picture - 1),
|
||||
* inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t center_of_ellipse_y;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The clockwise rotation angle in degree of arc with respect to the
|
||||
* positive direction of the x-axis of the concentric internal and external
|
||||
* ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing window. The
|
||||
* value shall be in the range of 0 to 180, inclusive and in multiples of 1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t rotation_angle;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The semi-major axis value of the internal ellipse of the elliptical pixel
|
||||
* selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be
|
||||
* in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The semi-major axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel
|
||||
* selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value
|
||||
* shall not be less than semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse of the current
|
||||
* processing window. The value shall be in the range of 1 to 65535,
|
||||
* inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t semimajor_axis_external_ellipse;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The semi-minor axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel
|
||||
* selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be
|
||||
* in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t semiminor_axis_external_ellipse;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Overlap process option indicates one of the two methods of combining
|
||||
* rendered pixels in the processing window in an image with at least one
|
||||
* elliptical pixel selector. For overlapping elliptical pixel selectors
|
||||
* in an image, overlap_process_option shall have the same value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption overlap_process_option;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The maximum of the color components of linearized RGB values in the
|
||||
* processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 to
|
||||
* 1, inclusive and in multiples of 0.00001. maxscl[ 0 ], maxscl[ 1 ], and
|
||||
* maxscl[ 2 ] are corresponding to R, G, B color components respectively.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational maxscl[3];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The average of linearized maxRGB values in the processing window in the
|
||||
* scene. The value should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in
|
||||
* multiples of 0.00001.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational average_maxrgb;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the
|
||||
* processing window in the scene. The maximum value shall be 15.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t num_distribution_maxrgb_percentiles;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the
|
||||
* processing window in the scene.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVHDRPlusPercentile distribution_maxrgb[15];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The fraction of selected pixels in the image that contains the brightest
|
||||
* pixel in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive
|
||||
* and in multiples of 0.001.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational fraction_bright_pixels;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in
|
||||
* the processing window is present (for value of 1).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t tone_mapping_flag;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The x coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the
|
||||
* curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range
|
||||
* of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational knee_point_x;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The y coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the
|
||||
* curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range
|
||||
* of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational knee_point_y;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of the intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping
|
||||
* function in the processing window. The maximum value shall be 15.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t num_bezier_curve_anchors;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping function in the
|
||||
* processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0
|
||||
* to 1, inclusive and in multiples of 1/1023.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational bezier_curve_anchors[15];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of
|
||||
* this Specification. Other values are reserved for future use.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t color_saturation_mapping_flag;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The color saturation gain in the processing window in the scene. The
|
||||
* value shall be in the range of 0 to 63/8, inclusive and in multiples of
|
||||
* 1/8. The default value shall be 1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational color_saturation_weight;
|
||||
} AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform -
|
||||
* application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
|
||||
* appropriate type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The struct should be allocated with
|
||||
* av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc() and its size is not a part of
|
||||
* the public ABI.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDynamicHDRPlus {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Country code by Rec. ITU-T T.35 Annex A. The value shall be 0xB5.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t itu_t_t35_country_code;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Application version in the application defining document in ST-2094
|
||||
* suite. The value shall be set to 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t application_version;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of processing windows. The value shall be in the range
|
||||
* of 1 to 3, inclusive.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t num_windows;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The color transform parameters for every processing window.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams params[3];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display,
|
||||
* in units of 0.0001 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in
|
||||
* the range of 0 to 10000, inclusive.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This flag shall be equal to 0 in bit streams conforming to this version
|
||||
* of this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of rows in the targeted system_display_actual_peak_luminance
|
||||
* array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t num_rows_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of columns in the
|
||||
* targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance array. The value shall be
|
||||
* in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t num_cols_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The normalized actual peak luminance of the targeted system display. The
|
||||
* values should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in multiples of
|
||||
* 1/15.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of
|
||||
* this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of rows in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance array.
|
||||
* The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t num_rows_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The number of columns in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance
|
||||
* array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t num_cols_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The normalized actual peak luminance of the mastering display used for
|
||||
* mastering the image essence. The values should be in the range of 0 to 1,
|
||||
* inclusive and in multiples of 1/15.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25];
|
||||
} AVDynamicHDRPlus;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVDynamicHDRPlus structure and set its fields to
|
||||
* default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return An AVDynamicHDRPlus filled with default values or NULL
|
||||
* on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc(size_t *size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRPlus and add it to the frame.
|
||||
* @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The AVDynamicHDRPlus structure to be filled by caller or NULL
|
||||
* on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H */
|
|
@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ enum AVHMACType {
|
|||
AV_HMAC_SHA1,
|
||||
AV_HMAC_SHA224,
|
||||
AV_HMAC_SHA256,
|
||||
AV_HMAC_SHA384 = 12,
|
||||
AV_HMAC_SHA384,
|
||||
AV_HMAC_SHA512,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
584
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h
Normal file
584
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,584 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "buffer.h"
|
||||
#include "frame.h"
|
||||
#include "log.h"
|
||||
#include "pixfmt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVHWDeviceType {
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE,
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU,
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA,
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI,
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2,
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV,
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX,
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA,
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM,
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL,
|
||||
AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state,
|
||||
* i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration.
|
||||
* E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding,
|
||||
* this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding
|
||||
* and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be
|
||||
* derived.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The
|
||||
* av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field
|
||||
* points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from
|
||||
* AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with
|
||||
* specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the
|
||||
* references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed,
|
||||
* optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware
|
||||
* state.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
|
||||
* way by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVHWDeviceInternal *internal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed
|
||||
* afterwards.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVHWDeviceType type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with
|
||||
* this context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
|
||||
* corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the
|
||||
* documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified
|
||||
* by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *hwctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
|
||||
* this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this
|
||||
* struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects
|
||||
* are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *user_opaque;
|
||||
} AVHWDeviceContext;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with
|
||||
* data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are
|
||||
* assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a
|
||||
* given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor
|
||||
* yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext
|
||||
* struct.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVHWFramesContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A class for logging.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const AVClass *av_class;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
|
||||
* way by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVHWFramesInternal *internal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and
|
||||
* managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive
|
||||
* additional references from it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *device_ref;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to
|
||||
* device_ref->data provided for convenience.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with
|
||||
* this context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
|
||||
* corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the
|
||||
* documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this
|
||||
* struct should not be modified by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *hwctx;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
|
||||
* this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *user_opaque;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer().
|
||||
* This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
|
||||
* The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must
|
||||
* have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw
|
||||
* type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before
|
||||
* this struct's free() callback is invoked.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool
|
||||
* internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at
|
||||
* fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a
|
||||
* case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferPool *pool;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support
|
||||
* dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be
|
||||
* set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int initial_pool_size;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the
|
||||
* AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat format;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware
|
||||
* frames.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but
|
||||
* only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully
|
||||
* planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be
|
||||
* AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat sw_format;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int width, height;
|
||||
} AVHWFramesContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive).
|
||||
* @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if
|
||||
* not found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType.
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type
|
||||
* is not valid.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Iterate over supported device types.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param type AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type
|
||||
* returned by this function in subsequent iterations.
|
||||
* @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or
|
||||
* AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate.
|
||||
* @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL
|
||||
* on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after
|
||||
* the context is filled with all the required information and before it is
|
||||
* used in any way.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers
|
||||
* who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device
|
||||
* manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using
|
||||
* av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller
|
||||
* should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of
|
||||
* the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be
|
||||
* touched by the caller.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context
|
||||
* will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller
|
||||
* and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer
|
||||
* needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer.
|
||||
* @param type The type of the device to create.
|
||||
* @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open.
|
||||
* @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in
|
||||
* opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller.
|
||||
* @param flags currently unused
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type,
|
||||
const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally
|
||||
* derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate
|
||||
* devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the
|
||||
* existing device of the same type as is requested.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source
|
||||
* device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will
|
||||
* attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in
|
||||
* turn looking for an implemented derivation method.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created
|
||||
* AVHWDeviceContext.
|
||||
* @param type The type of the new device to create.
|
||||
* @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be
|
||||
* used to create the new device.
|
||||
* @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero.
|
||||
* @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx,
|
||||
enum AVHWDeviceType type,
|
||||
AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make
|
||||
* a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the
|
||||
* function remains owned by the caller.
|
||||
* @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL
|
||||
* on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the
|
||||
* context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached
|
||||
* to any frames.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext
|
||||
* @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with
|
||||
* newly allocated buffers.
|
||||
* @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext attached.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set)
|
||||
* must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src,
|
||||
* AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM).
|
||||
* If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one
|
||||
* of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst,
|
||||
* AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the
|
||||
* data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer().
|
||||
* If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when
|
||||
* dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support
|
||||
* transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions
|
||||
* (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but
|
||||
* also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are
|
||||
* smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the
|
||||
* destination frame is unspecified.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure.
|
||||
* @param src the source frame.
|
||||
* @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Transfer the data from the queried hw frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Transfer the data to the queried hw frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in
|
||||
* av_hwframe_transfer_data().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for
|
||||
* @param dir the direction of the transfer
|
||||
* @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here.
|
||||
* The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed
|
||||
* by the caller when no longer needed using av_free().
|
||||
* If this function returns successfully, the format list will
|
||||
* have at least one item (not counting the terminator).
|
||||
* On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified.
|
||||
* @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx,
|
||||
enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir,
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to
|
||||
* a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned
|
||||
* by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by
|
||||
* av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx,
|
||||
* terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx,
|
||||
* terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is
|
||||
* not known.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
|
||||
* (Zero if not known.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int min_width;
|
||||
int min_height;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
|
||||
* (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int max_width;
|
||||
int max_height;
|
||||
} AVHWFramesConstraints;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device.
|
||||
* After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific
|
||||
* hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with
|
||||
* av_free().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
|
||||
* @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on
|
||||
* success or NULL on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific
|
||||
* configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific
|
||||
* configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities
|
||||
* of the device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
|
||||
* @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL
|
||||
* to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device.
|
||||
* @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints
|
||||
* on the device, or NULL if not available.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref,
|
||||
const void *hwconfig);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flags to apply to frame mappings.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The mapping must be readable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The mapping must be writeable.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent
|
||||
* operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values
|
||||
* which are not overwritten are unspecified.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in
|
||||
* the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may
|
||||
* be much lower than normal memory.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Map a hardware frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format
|
||||
* and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable
|
||||
* frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created
|
||||
* by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and
|
||||
* dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst,
|
||||
* then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to
|
||||
* the frame that src was originally mapped from.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function
|
||||
* attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and
|
||||
* then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be
|
||||
* possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible -
|
||||
* given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to
|
||||
* create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is
|
||||
* mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame.
|
||||
* If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst
|
||||
* with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is
|
||||
* AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate
|
||||
* format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not
|
||||
* possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return
|
||||
* values indicate that it failed somehow.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping.
|
||||
* @param src Source frame, to be mapped.
|
||||
* @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags.
|
||||
* @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext on a different device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext.
|
||||
* @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext on.
|
||||
* @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext
|
||||
* which will be mapped to the derived context.
|
||||
* @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the
|
||||
* mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated
|
||||
* in the derived device.
|
||||
* @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx,
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat format,
|
||||
AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx,
|
||||
AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx,
|
||||
int flags);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */
|
52
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h
Normal file
52
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef CUDA_VERSION
|
||||
#include <cuda.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include "pixfmt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
|
||||
* AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CUdeviceptr.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContextInternal AVCUDADeviceContextInternal;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContext {
|
||||
CUcontext cuda_ctx;
|
||||
CUstream stream;
|
||||
AVCUDADeviceContextInternal *internal;
|
||||
} AVCUDADeviceContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H */
|
169
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h
Normal file
169
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The default pool implementation will be fixed-size if initial_pool_size is
|
||||
* set (and allocate elements from an array texture). Otherwise it will allocate
|
||||
* individual textures. Be aware that decoding requires a single array texture.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Using sw_format==AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P has special semantics, and maps to
|
||||
* DXGI_FORMAT_420_OPAQUE. av_hwframe_transfer_data() is not supported for
|
||||
* this format. Refer to MSDN for details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* av_hwdevice_ctx_create() for this device type supports a key named "debug"
|
||||
* for the AVDictionary entry. If this is set to any value, the device creation
|
||||
* code will try to load various supported D3D debugging layers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <d3d11.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVD3D11VADeviceContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Device used for texture creation and access. This can also be used to
|
||||
* set the libavcodec decoding device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Must be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other
|
||||
* device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
|
||||
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ID3D11Device *device;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If unset, this will be set from the device field on init.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
|
||||
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ID3D11DeviceContext *device_context;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If unset, this will be set from the device field on init.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
|
||||
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ID3D11VideoDevice *video_device;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* If unset, this will be set from the device_context field on init.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
|
||||
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ID3D11VideoContext *video_context;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Callbacks for locking. They protect accesses to device_context and
|
||||
* video_context calls. They also protect access to the internal staging
|
||||
* texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect
|
||||
* access to hwcontext or decoder state in general.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an
|
||||
* internal mutex.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the
|
||||
* locking implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx);
|
||||
void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx);
|
||||
void *lock_ctx;
|
||||
} AVD3D11VADeviceContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* D3D11 frame descriptor for pool allocation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
|
||||
* with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the
|
||||
* planes of the frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This has no use outside of custom allocation, and AVFrame AVBufferRef do not
|
||||
* necessarily point to an instance of this struct.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVD3D11FrameDescriptor {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is
|
||||
* managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release
|
||||
* the interface.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Normally stored in AVFrame.data[0].
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ID3D11Texture2D *texture;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The index into the array texture element representing the frame, or 0
|
||||
* if the texture is not an array texture.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Normally stored in AVFrame.data[1] (cast from intptr_t).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
intptr_t index;
|
||||
} AVD3D11FrameDescriptor;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVD3D11VAFramesContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The canonical texture used for pool allocation. If this is set to NULL
|
||||
* on init, the hwframes implementation will allocate and set an array
|
||||
* texture if initial_pool_size > 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The only situation when the API user should set this is:
|
||||
* - the user wants to do manual pool allocation (setting
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext.pool), instead of letting AVHWFramesContext
|
||||
* allocate the pool
|
||||
* - of an array texture
|
||||
* - and wants it to use it for decoding
|
||||
* - this has to be done before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init()
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Deallocating the AVHWFramesContext will always release this interface,
|
||||
* and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is in particular used by the libavcodec D3D11VA hwaccel, which
|
||||
* requires a single array texture. It will create ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView
|
||||
* objects for each array texture element on decoder initialization.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ID3D11Texture2D *texture;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.BindFlags used for texture creation. The user must
|
||||
* at least set D3D11_BIND_DECODER if the frames context is to be used for
|
||||
* video decoding.
|
||||
* This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UINT BindFlags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.MiscFlags used for texture creation.
|
||||
* This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
UINT MiscFlags;
|
||||
} AVD3D11VAFramesContext;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H */
|
169
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h
Normal file
169
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Internal frame allocation is not currently supported - all frames
|
||||
* must be allocated by the user. Thus AVHWFramesContext is always
|
||||
* NULL, though this may change if support for frame allocation is
|
||||
* added in future.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The maximum number of layers/planes in a DRM frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES = 4
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DRM object descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Describes a single DRM object, addressing it as a PRIME file
|
||||
* descriptor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDRMObjectDescriptor {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DRM PRIME fd for the object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Total size of the object.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* (This includes any parts not which do not contain image data.)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
size_t size;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Format modifier applied to the object (DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the format modifier is unknown then this should be set to
|
||||
* DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t format_modifier;
|
||||
} AVDRMObjectDescriptor;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DRM plane descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Describes a single plane of a layer, which is contained within
|
||||
* a single object.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDRMPlaneDescriptor {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Index of the object containing this plane in the objects
|
||||
* array of the enclosing frame descriptor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int object_index;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Offset within that object of this plane.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ptrdiff_t offset;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Pitch (linesize) of this plane.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ptrdiff_t pitch;
|
||||
} AVDRMPlaneDescriptor;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DRM layer descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Describes a single layer within a frame. This has the structure
|
||||
* defined by its format, and will contain one or more planes.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDRMLayerDescriptor {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Format of the layer (DRM_FORMAT_*).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t format;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of planes in the layer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This must match the number of planes required by format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_planes;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Array of planes in this layer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVDRMPlaneDescriptor planes[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
|
||||
} AVDRMLayerDescriptor;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DRM frame descriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is used as the data pointer for AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME frames.
|
||||
* It is also used by user-allocated frame pools - allocating in
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs which contain
|
||||
* an object of this type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The fields of this structure should be set such it can be
|
||||
* imported directly by EGL using the EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import
|
||||
* and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers extensions.
|
||||
* (Note that the exact layout of a particular format may vary between
|
||||
* platforms - we only specify that the same platform should be able
|
||||
* to import it.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The total number of planes must not exceed AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES, and
|
||||
* the order of the planes by increasing layer index followed by
|
||||
* increasing plane index must be the same as the order which would
|
||||
* be used for the data pointers in the equivalent software format.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDRMFrameDescriptor {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of DRM objects making up this frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_objects;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Array of objects making up the frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVDRMObjectDescriptor objects[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of layers in the frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int nb_layers;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Array of layers in the frame.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVDRMLayerDescriptor layers[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
|
||||
} AVDRMFrameDescriptor;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DRM device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDRMDeviceContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* File descriptor of DRM device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is used as the device to create frames on, and may also be
|
||||
* used in some derivation and mapping operations.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If no device is required, set to -1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int fd;
|
||||
} AVDRMDeviceContext;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H */
|
75
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h
Normal file
75
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Only fixed-size pools are supported.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
|
||||
* with the data pointer set to a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <d3d9.h>
|
||||
#include <dxva2api.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDXVA2DeviceContext {
|
||||
IDirect3DDeviceManager9 *devmgr;
|
||||
} AVDXVA2DeviceContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVDXVA2FramesContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The surface type (e.g. DXVA2_VideoProcessorRenderTarget or
|
||||
* DXVA2_VideoDecoderRenderTarget). Must be set by the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
DWORD surface_type;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The surface pool. When an external pool is not provided by the caller,
|
||||
* this will be managed (allocated and filled on init, freed on uninit) by
|
||||
* libavutil.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
IDirect3DSurface9 **surfaces;
|
||||
int nb_surfaces;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Certain drivers require the decoder to be destroyed before the surfaces.
|
||||
* To allow internally managed pools to work properly in such cases, this
|
||||
* field is provided.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If it is non-NULL, libavutil will call IDirectXVideoDecoder_Release() on
|
||||
* it just before the internal surface pool is freed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is for convenience only. Some code uses other methods to manage the
|
||||
* decoder reference.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder_to_release;
|
||||
} AVDXVA2FramesContext;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H */
|
|
@ -1,7 +1,4 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Filter graphs
|
||||
* copyright (c) 2007 Bobby Bingham
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
|
@ -19,10 +16,21 @@
|
|||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H
|
||||
#define AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "avfilter.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/log.h"
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* MediaCodec details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVMediaCodecDeviceContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* android/view/Surface handle, to be filled by the user.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is the default surface used by decoders on this device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *surface;
|
||||
} AVMediaCodecDeviceContext;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVFILTER_AVFILTERGRAPH_H */
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H */
|
53
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h
Normal file
53
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <mfx/mfxvideo.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This API does not support dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must
|
||||
* contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points to an mfxFrameSurface1 struct.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVQSVDeviceContext {
|
||||
mfxSession session;
|
||||
} AVQSVDeviceContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVQSVFramesContext {
|
||||
mfxFrameSurface1 *surfaces;
|
||||
int nb_surfaces;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* A combination of MFX_MEMTYPE_* describing the frame pool.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int frame_type;
|
||||
} AVQSVFramesContext;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H */
|
||||
|
117
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h
Normal file
117
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <va/va.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render
|
||||
* target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an
|
||||
* argument to vaCreateContext().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
|
||||
* with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
enum {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected
|
||||
* automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0),
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by
|
||||
* vaRenderPicture(). Additional code will be required to destroy them
|
||||
* separately afterwards.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute,
|
||||
* so the surface allocation code will not try to use it.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2),
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The driver does not support surface attributes at all.
|
||||
* The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation,
|
||||
* and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3),
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VAAPI connection details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VADisplay display;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(),
|
||||
* with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the
|
||||
* AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present. The user
|
||||
* may need to refer to this field when performing any later
|
||||
* operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned int driver_quirks;
|
||||
} AVVAAPIDeviceContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in
|
||||
* the frame pool. If null, default settings are used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VASurfaceAttrib *attributes;
|
||||
int nb_attributes;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation.
|
||||
* Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive.
|
||||
* These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to
|
||||
* vaCreateContext().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VASurfaceID *surface_ids;
|
||||
int nb_surfaces;
|
||||
} AVVAAPIFramesContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
VAConfigID config_id;
|
||||
} AVVAAPIHWConfig;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */
|
44
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h
Normal file
44
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
|
||||
* AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a VdpVideoSurface.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVVDPAUDeviceContext {
|
||||
VdpDevice device;
|
||||
VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address;
|
||||
} AVVDPAUDeviceContext;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H */
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <VideoToolbox/VideoToolbox.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "pixfmt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This API currently does not support frame allocation, as the raw VideoToolbox
|
||||
* API does allocation, and FFmpeg itself never has the need to allocate frames.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the API user sets a custom pool, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
|
||||
* AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CVImageBufferRef or CVPixelBufferRef.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Currently AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx and AVHWFramesContext.hwctx are always
|
||||
* NULL.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format to AVPixelFormat.
|
||||
* Returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if no known equivalent was found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat av_map_videotoolbox_format_to_pixfmt(uint32_t cv_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert an AVPixelFormat to a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format.
|
||||
* Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */
|
|
@ -120,6 +120,24 @@ void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4],
|
|||
const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4],
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where
|
||||
* available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such
|
||||
* memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain
|
||||
* av_image_copy().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The data pointers and the linesizes must be aligned to the maximum required
|
||||
* by the CPU architecture.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are
|
||||
* int for av_image_copy().
|
||||
* @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline
|
||||
* size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_image_copy_uc_from(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesizes[4],
|
||||
const uint8_t *src_data[4], const ptrdiff_t src_linesizes[4],
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image
|
||||
* parameters and the provided array.
|
||||
|
@ -137,7 +155,7 @@ void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4],
|
|||
* one call, use av_image_alloc().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst_data data pointers to be filled in
|
||||
* @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in
|
||||
* @param dst_linesize linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in
|
||||
* @param src buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL
|
||||
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
|
||||
* @param width the width of the image in pixels
|
||||
|
@ -154,7 +172,11 @@ int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4],
|
|||
* Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an
|
||||
* image with the given parameters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] align the assumed linesize alignment
|
||||
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
|
||||
* @param width the width of the image in pixels
|
||||
* @param height the height of the image in pixels
|
||||
* @param align the assumed linesize alignment
|
||||
* @return the buffer size in bytes, a negative error code in case of failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -167,7 +189,7 @@ int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height,
|
|||
* @param dst a buffer into which picture data will be copied
|
||||
* @param dst_size the size in bytes of dst
|
||||
* @param src_data pointers containing the source image data
|
||||
* @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data
|
||||
* @param src_linesize linesizes for the image in src_data
|
||||
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the source image
|
||||
* @param width the width of the source image in pixels
|
||||
* @param height the height of the source image in pixels
|
||||
|
@ -191,6 +213,21 @@ int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size,
|
|||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all
|
||||
* bytes of a plane of an image with the specified pix_fmt can be addressed
|
||||
* with a signed int.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param w the width of the picture
|
||||
* @param h the height of the picture
|
||||
* @param max_pixels the maximum number of pixels the user wants to accept
|
||||
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format, can be AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if unknown.
|
||||
* @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx
|
||||
* @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL
|
||||
* @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_check_size2(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int64_t max_pixels, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid.
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
@ -205,6 +242,33 @@ int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *lo
|
|||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Overwrite the image data with black. This is suitable for filling a
|
||||
* sub-rectangle of an image, meaning the padding between the right most pixel
|
||||
* and the left most pixel on the next line will not be overwritten. For some
|
||||
* formats, the image size might be rounded up due to inherent alignment.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the pixel format has alpha, the alpha is cleared to opaque.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This can return an error if the pixel format is not supported. Normally, all
|
||||
* non-hwaccel pixel formats should be supported.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Passing NULL for dst_data is allowed. Then the function returns whether the
|
||||
* operation would have succeeded. (It can return an error if the pix_fmt is
|
||||
* not supported.)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst_data data pointers to destination image
|
||||
* @param dst_linesize linesizes for the destination image
|
||||
* @param pix_fmt the pixel format of the image
|
||||
* @param range the color range of the image (important for colorspaces such as YUV)
|
||||
* @param width the width of the image in pixels
|
||||
* @param height the height of the image in pixels
|
||||
* @return 0 if the image data was cleared, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_image_fill_black(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4],
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, enum AVColorRange range,
|
||||
int width, int height);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ typedef union {
|
|||
* by per-arch headers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__)
|
||||
#if defined(__GNUC__)
|
||||
|
||||
union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
|
||||
union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
|
||||
|
@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
|
|||
# define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l)
|
||||
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v))
|
||||
|
||||
#elif defined(__DECC)
|
||||
#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(_M_ARM) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_ARM64)) && AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED
|
||||
|
||||
# define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)))
|
||||
# define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v))
|
||||
|
@ -242,8 +242,8 @@ union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
|
|||
((const uint8_t*)(x))[1])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WB16
|
||||
# define AV_WB16(p, darg) do { \
|
||||
unsigned d = (darg); \
|
||||
# define AV_WB16(p, val) do { \
|
||||
uint16_t d = (val); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
|
@ -255,8 +255,8 @@ union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
|
|||
((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL16
|
||||
# define AV_WL16(p, darg) do { \
|
||||
unsigned d = (darg); \
|
||||
# define AV_WL16(p, val) do { \
|
||||
uint16_t d = (val); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
} while(0)
|
||||
|
@ -270,8 +270,8 @@ union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
|
|||
((const uint8_t*)(x))[3])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WB32
|
||||
# define AV_WB32(p, darg) do { \
|
||||
unsigned d = (darg); \
|
||||
# define AV_WB32(p, val) do { \
|
||||
uint32_t d = (val); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
|
@ -287,8 +287,8 @@ union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
|
|||
((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL32
|
||||
# define AV_WL32(p, darg) do { \
|
||||
unsigned d = (darg); \
|
||||
# define AV_WL32(p, val) do { \
|
||||
uint32_t d = (val); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
|
@ -308,8 +308,8 @@ union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
|
|||
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WB64
|
||||
# define AV_WB64(p, darg) do { \
|
||||
uint64_t d = (darg); \
|
||||
# define AV_WB64(p, val) do { \
|
||||
uint64_t d = (val); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
|
@ -333,8 +333,8 @@ union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
|
|||
(uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL64
|
||||
# define AV_WL64(p, darg) do { \
|
||||
uint64_t d = (darg); \
|
||||
# define AV_WL64(p, val) do { \
|
||||
uint64_t d = (val); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8; \
|
||||
((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16; \
|
||||
|
@ -542,6 +542,21 @@ union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
|
|||
# define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
# define AV_RLA(s, p) av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s##A(p))
|
||||
# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, av_bswap##s(v))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define AV_RLA(s, p) AV_RN##s##A(p)
|
||||
# define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AV_RL64A
|
||||
# define AV_RL64A(p) AV_RLA(64, p)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef AV_WL64A
|
||||
# define AV_WL64A(p, v) AV_WLA(64, p, v)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned
|
||||
* memory locations.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -22,6 +22,14 @@
|
|||
#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_LFG_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Context structure for the Lagged Fibonacci PRNG.
|
||||
* The exact layout, types and content of this struct may change and should
|
||||
* not be accessed directly. Only its sizeof() is guranteed to stay the same
|
||||
* to allow easy instanciation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVLFG {
|
||||
unsigned int state[64];
|
||||
int index;
|
||||
|
@ -29,6 +37,13 @@ typedef struct AVLFG {
|
|||
|
||||
void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Seed the state of the ALFG using binary data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return value: 0 on success, negative value (AVERROR) on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_lfg_init_from_data(AVLFG *c, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int length);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG.
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
@ -36,8 +51,9 @@ void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed);
|
|||
* it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){
|
||||
c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
|
||||
return c->state[c->index++ & 63];
|
||||
unsigned a = c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
|
||||
c->index += 1U;
|
||||
return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
@ -48,7 +64,9 @@ static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){
|
|||
static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){
|
||||
unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
|
||||
unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63];
|
||||
return c->state[c->index++ & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b;
|
||||
a = c->state[c->index & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b;
|
||||
c->index += 1U;
|
||||
return a;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ typedef enum {
|
|||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT,
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB, ///< not part of ABI/API
|
||||
AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API
|
||||
}AVClassCategory;
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \
|
||||
|
@ -317,19 +317,22 @@ AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr);
|
|||
void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
|
||||
char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_DLOG
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* av_dlog macros
|
||||
* @deprecated unused
|
||||
* Useful to print debug messages that shouldn't get compiled in normally.
|
||||
* Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
|
||||
* @param line buffer to receive the formatted line;
|
||||
* may be NULL if line_size is 0
|
||||
* @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will
|
||||
* be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator
|
||||
* @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
|
||||
* must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
|
||||
* @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns
|
||||
* the number of characters that would have been written for a
|
||||
* sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null
|
||||
* character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means
|
||||
* that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef DEBUG
|
||||
# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# define av_dlog(pctx, ...) do { if (0) av_log(pctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__); } while (0)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif /* FF_API_DLOG */
|
||||
int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
|
||||
char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -45,4 +45,6 @@
|
|||
|
||||
#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s)
|
||||
|
||||
#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1))
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2016 Neil Birkbeck <neil.birkbeck@gmail.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include "frame.h"
|
||||
#include "rational.h"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Mastering display metadata capable of representing the color volume of
|
||||
* the display used to master the content (SMPTE 2086:2014).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
|
||||
* appropriate type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The struct should be allocated with av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc()
|
||||
* and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVMasteringDisplayMetadata {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of color primaries (r, g, b order).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational display_primaries[3][2];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of white point.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational white_point[2];
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Min luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational min_luminance;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Max luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational max_luminance;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flag indicating whether the display primaries (and white point) are set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int has_primaries;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flag indicating whether the luminance (min_ and max_) have been set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int has_luminance;
|
||||
|
||||
} AVMasteringDisplayMetadata;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure and set its fields to
|
||||
* default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return An AVMasteringDisplayMetadata filled with default values or NULL
|
||||
* on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a complete AVMasteringDisplayMetadata and add it to the frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure to be filled by caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Content light level needed by to transmit HDR over HDMI (CTA-861.3).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
|
||||
* appropriate type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The struct should be allocated with av_content_light_metadata_alloc()
|
||||
* and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVContentLightMetadata {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Max content light level (cd/m^2).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned MaxCLL;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Max average light level per frame (cd/m^2).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
unsigned MaxFALL;
|
||||
} AVContentLightMetadata;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVContentLightMetadata structure and set its fields to
|
||||
* default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return An AVContentLightMetadata filled with default values or NULL
|
||||
* on failure.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_alloc(size_t *size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a complete AVContentLightMetadata and add it to the frame.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The AVContentLightMetadata structure to be filled by caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H */
|
|
@ -18,6 +18,12 @@
|
|||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_math
|
||||
* Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -63,84 +69,155 @@
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_math
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Rounding methods.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVRounding {
|
||||
AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero.
|
||||
AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero.
|
||||
AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity.
|
||||
AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity.
|
||||
AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero.
|
||||
AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192, ///< Flag to pass INT64_MIN/MAX through instead of rescaling, this avoids special cases for AV_NOPTS_VALUE
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through
|
||||
* unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a
|
||||
* bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the
|
||||
* enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal
|
||||
* cases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.c}
|
||||
* av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
|
||||
* // Rescaling 3:
|
||||
* // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2
|
||||
* // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2
|
||||
* // => 2
|
||||
*
|
||||
* av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
|
||||
* // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE:
|
||||
* // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN
|
||||
* // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through
|
||||
* // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compute the greatest common divisor of a and b.
|
||||
* Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return gcd of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0;
|
||||
* @param a,b Operands
|
||||
* @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0;
|
||||
* if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest.
|
||||
* A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
|
||||
* directly can overflow.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding.
|
||||
* A simple a*b/c isn't possible as it can overflow.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return rescaled value a, or if AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX is set and a is
|
||||
* INT64_MIN or INT64_MAX then a is passed through unchanged.
|
||||
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
|
||||
* directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding) av_const;
|
||||
int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return rescaled value a, or if AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX is set and a is
|
||||
* INT64_MIN or INT64_MAX then a is passed through unchanged.
|
||||
* The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq,
|
||||
enum AVRounding) av_const;
|
||||
enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compare 2 timestamps each in its own timebases.
|
||||
* The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps
|
||||
* is outside the int64_t range when represented in the others timebase.
|
||||
* @return -1 if ts_a is before ts_b, 1 if ts_a is after ts_b or 0 if they represent the same position
|
||||
* Compare two timestamps each in its own time base.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return One of the following values:
|
||||
* - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b`
|
||||
* - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b`
|
||||
* - 0 if they represent the same position
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning
|
||||
* The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside
|
||||
* the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compare 2 integers modulo mod.
|
||||
* That is we compare integers a and b for which only the least
|
||||
* significant log2(mod) bits are known.
|
||||
* Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param mod must be a power of 2
|
||||
* @return a negative value if a is smaller than b
|
||||
* a positive value if a is greater than b
|
||||
* 0 if a equals b
|
||||
* In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers
|
||||
* `a` and `b`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.c}
|
||||
* av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10 (0x2)
|
||||
* av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02)
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param a,b Operands
|
||||
* @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2
|
||||
* @return
|
||||
* - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod`
|
||||
* - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod`
|
||||
* - zero if `a % mod == b % mod`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param in_ts Input timestamp
|
||||
* @param in_tb Input timebase
|
||||
* @param fs_tb Duration and *last timebase
|
||||
* @param duration duration till the next call
|
||||
* @param out_tb Output timebase
|
||||
* This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input
|
||||
* timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q()
|
||||
* call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all
|
||||
* subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be
|
||||
* initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] in_tb Input time base
|
||||
* @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp
|
||||
* @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained
|
||||
* (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb`
|
||||
* @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e.
|
||||
* duration of the current packet/frame)
|
||||
* @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of
|
||||
* `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable
|
||||
* @param[in] out_tb Output timebase
|
||||
* @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb`
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not
|
||||
* seconds.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb);
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -150,15 +227,15 @@ int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, int
|
|||
* This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that
|
||||
* no accumulation of rounding errors occurs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ts Input timestamp
|
||||
* @param ts_tb Input timestamp timebase
|
||||
* @param inc value to add to ts
|
||||
* @param inc_tb inc timebase
|
||||
* @param[in] ts Input timestamp
|
||||
* @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base
|
||||
* @param[in] inc Value to be added
|
||||
* @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -18,9 +18,16 @@
|
|||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_md5
|
||||
* Public header for MD5 hash function implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_MD5_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
@ -28,7 +35,9 @@
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_hash
|
||||
* MD5 hash function implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -55,7 +64,11 @@ void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx);
|
|||
* @param src input data to update hash with
|
||||
* @param len input data length
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
|
||||
void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, int len);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
|
||||
|
@ -72,7 +85,11 @@ void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
|
|||
* @param src The data to hash
|
||||
* @param len The length of the data, in bytes
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
|
||||
void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, const int len);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -20,7 +20,8 @@
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* memory handling functions
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_mem
|
||||
* Memory handling functions
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H
|
||||
|
@ -35,37 +36,133 @@
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_mem
|
||||
* Utilities for manipulating memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical
|
||||
* program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and
|
||||
* encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a
|
||||
* recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for
|
||||
* instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and
|
||||
* compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make
|
||||
* dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_mem_macros Alignment Macros
|
||||
* Helper macros for declaring aligned variables.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
|
||||
* Declare a variable that is aligned in memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.c}
|
||||
* DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42;
|
||||
* DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128];
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // The default-alignment equivalent would be
|
||||
* uint16_t aligned_int = 42;
|
||||
* uint8_t aligned_array[128];
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
|
||||
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
|
||||
* @param v Name of the variable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @def DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
|
||||
* Declare an aligned variable appropriate for use in inline assembly code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.c}
|
||||
* DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
|
||||
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
|
||||
* @param v Name of the variable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)
|
||||
* Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline
|
||||
* assembly code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.c}
|
||||
* DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
|
||||
* @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
|
||||
* @param v Name of the variable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C)
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
|
||||
#elif defined(__TI_COMPILER_VERSION__)
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) \
|
||||
AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \
|
||||
t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) \
|
||||
AV_PRAGMA(DATA_ALIGN(v,n)) \
|
||||
static const t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v
|
||||
#elif defined(__GNUC__)
|
||||
#elif defined(__DJGPP__)
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
|
||||
#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
|
||||
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) t v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) t v
|
||||
#define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) static const t v
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes
|
||||
* Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or
|
||||
* generate better code.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @def av_malloc_attrib
|
||||
* Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007bmalloc_007d-function-attribute-3251">Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation</a>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
|
||||
#define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define av_malloc_attrib
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @def av_alloc_size(...)
|
||||
* Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is
|
||||
* given by the specified parameter(s).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.c}
|
||||
* void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1);
|
||||
* void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007balloc_005fsize_007d-function-attribute-3220">Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation</a>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
|
||||
#define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__)))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
@ -73,204 +170,423 @@
|
|||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
|
||||
* memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU).
|
||||
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated.
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
|
||||
* be allocated.
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management
|
||||
* Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX`
|
||||
* bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme
|
||||
* caution when doing so.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
|
||||
* (including vectors if available on the CPU).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
|
||||
* be allocated
|
||||
* @see av_mallocz()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with av_malloc().
|
||||
* @param nmemb Number of elements
|
||||
* @param size Size of the single element
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
|
||||
* be allocated.
|
||||
* @see av_malloc()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!size || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
return av_malloc(nmemb * size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
|
||||
* If ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocate a new block. If
|
||||
* size is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
|
||||
* av_realloc() or NULL.
|
||||
* @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or
|
||||
* reallocated.
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
|
||||
* cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block.
|
||||
* @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
|
||||
* not be passed to av_realloc(). The former can be implemented using
|
||||
* memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
|
||||
* pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
|
||||
* The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
|
||||
* some libc implementations.
|
||||
* @see av_fast_realloc()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
|
||||
* This function does the same thing as av_realloc, except:
|
||||
* - It takes two arguments and checks the result of the multiplication for
|
||||
* integer overflow.
|
||||
* - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory
|
||||
* leak with the classic "buf = realloc(buf); if (!buf) return -1;".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate or reallocate a block of memory.
|
||||
* If *ptr is NULL and size > 0, allocate a new block. If
|
||||
* size is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
|
||||
* with av_realloc(), or pointer to a pointer to NULL.
|
||||
* The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
|
||||
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
|
||||
* reallocated
|
||||
* @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure.
|
||||
* @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
|
||||
* not be passed to av_reallocp(). The former can be implemented using
|
||||
* memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
|
||||
* pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
|
||||
* The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
|
||||
* some libc implementations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate or reallocate an array.
|
||||
* If ptr is NULL and nmemb > 0, allocate a new block. If
|
||||
* nmemb is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
|
||||
* av_realloc() or NULL.
|
||||
* @param nmemb Number of elements
|
||||
* @param size Size of the single element
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
|
||||
* cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block.
|
||||
* @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
|
||||
* not be passed to av_realloc(). The former can be implemented using
|
||||
* memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
|
||||
* pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
|
||||
* The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
|
||||
* some libc implementations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate or reallocate an array through a pointer to a pointer.
|
||||
* If *ptr is NULL and nmemb > 0, allocate a new block. If
|
||||
* nmemb is zero, free the memory block pointed to by ptr.
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
|
||||
* with av_realloc(), or pointer to a pointer to NULL.
|
||||
* The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
|
||||
* @param nmemb Number of elements
|
||||
* @param size Size of the single element
|
||||
* @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure.
|
||||
* @warning Pointers originating from the av_malloc() family of functions must
|
||||
* not be passed to av_realloc(). The former can be implemented using
|
||||
* memalign() (or other functions), and there is no guarantee that
|
||||
* pointers from such functions can be passed to realloc() at all.
|
||||
* The situation is undefined according to POSIX and may crash with
|
||||
* some libc implementations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_alloc_size(2, 3) int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
|
||||
* av_realloc().
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
|
||||
* @note ptr = NULL is explicitly allowed.
|
||||
* @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead.
|
||||
* @see av_freep()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_free(void *ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a block of size bytes with alignment suitable for all
|
||||
* memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and
|
||||
* zero all the bytes of the block.
|
||||
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated.
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated.
|
||||
* Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
|
||||
* (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the
|
||||
* block.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated
|
||||
* @see av_malloc()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a block of nmemb * size bytes with alignment suitable for all
|
||||
* memory accesses (including vectors if available on the CPU) and
|
||||
* zero all the bytes of the block.
|
||||
* The allocation will fail if nmemb * size is greater than or equal
|
||||
* to INT_MAX.
|
||||
* @param nmemb
|
||||
* @param size
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if it cannot be allocated.
|
||||
* Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param nmemb Number of element
|
||||
* @param size Size of a single element
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
|
||||
* be allocated
|
||||
* @see av_malloc()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param nmemb Number of elements
|
||||
* @param size Size of the single element
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
|
||||
* be allocated
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_mallocz()
|
||||
* @see av_malloc_array()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Non-inlined equivalent of av_mallocz_array().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Created for symmetry with the calloc() C function.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a block of size * nmemb bytes with av_mallocz().
|
||||
* @param nmemb Number of elements
|
||||
* @param size Size of the single element
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the allocated block, NULL if the block cannot
|
||||
* be allocated.
|
||||
* @see av_mallocz()
|
||||
* @see av_malloc_array()
|
||||
* Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is
|
||||
* zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. Otherwise, expand or
|
||||
* shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
|
||||
* av_realloc() or `NULL`
|
||||
* @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or
|
||||
* reallocated
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block
|
||||
* cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be
|
||||
* correctly aligned.
|
||||
* @see av_fast_realloc()
|
||||
* @see av_reallocp()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_alloc_size(1, 2) static inline void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (!size || nmemb >= INT_MAX / size)
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
return av_mallocz(nmemb * size);
|
||||
}
|
||||
void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Duplicate the string s.
|
||||
* @param s string to be duplicated
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
|
||||
* copy of s or NULL if the string cannot be allocated.
|
||||
* Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a
|
||||
* pointer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is
|
||||
* zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or
|
||||
* shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
|
||||
* with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer
|
||||
* is updated on success, or freed on failure.
|
||||
* @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
|
||||
* reallocated
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
|
||||
* correctly aligned.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib;
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Duplicate a substring of the string s.
|
||||
* @param s string to be duplicated
|
||||
* @param len the maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the
|
||||
* terminating byte).
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
|
||||
* copy of s or NULL if the string cannot be allocated.
|
||||
* Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except:
|
||||
* - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes,
|
||||
* after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow.
|
||||
* - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory
|
||||
* leak with the classic
|
||||
* @code{.c}
|
||||
* buf = realloc(buf);
|
||||
* if (!buf)
|
||||
* return -1;
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
* pattern.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib;
|
||||
void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Duplicate the buffer p.
|
||||
* @param p buffer to be duplicated
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a
|
||||
* copy of p or NULL if the buffer cannot be allocated.
|
||||
* Allocate, reallocate, or free an array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If
|
||||
* `nmemb` is zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
|
||||
* av_realloc() or `NULL`
|
||||
* @param nmemb Number of elements in the array
|
||||
* @param size Size of the single element of the array
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
|
||||
* cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory block
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
|
||||
* correctly aligned.
|
||||
* @see av_reallocp_array()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size);
|
||||
av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with av_malloc(z)() or
|
||||
* av_realloc() and set the pointer pointing to it to NULL.
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should
|
||||
* be freed.
|
||||
* @note passing a pointer to a NULL pointer is safe and leads to no action.
|
||||
* Allocate, reallocate, or free an array through a pointer to a pointer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If `nmemb` is
|
||||
* zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already
|
||||
* allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`.
|
||||
* The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
|
||||
* @param[in] nmemb Number of elements
|
||||
* @param[in] size Size of the single element
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
|
||||
* correctly aligned.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is
|
||||
* returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or
|
||||
* freed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A typical use pattern follows:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.c}
|
||||
* uint8_t *buf = ...;
|
||||
* uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, ¤t_size, size_needed);
|
||||
* if (!new_buf) {
|
||||
* // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer
|
||||
* av_freep(&buf);
|
||||
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL`
|
||||
* @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is
|
||||
* updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0
|
||||
* in case of failure.
|
||||
* @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `ptr`
|
||||
* @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated
|
||||
* buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of
|
||||
* error
|
||||
* @see av_realloc()
|
||||
* @see av_fast_malloc()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be
|
||||
* preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to
|
||||
* avoid memleaks is necessary.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
|
||||
* `size_needed` is greater than 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.c}
|
||||
* uint8_t *buf = ...;
|
||||
* av_fast_malloc(&buf, ¤t_size, size_needed);
|
||||
* if (!buf) {
|
||||
* // Allocation failed; buf already freed
|
||||
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
|
||||
* }
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
|
||||
* `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
|
||||
* buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
|
||||
* @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
|
||||
* updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0
|
||||
* in case of failure.
|
||||
* @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr`
|
||||
* @see av_realloc()
|
||||
* @see av_fast_mallocz()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared.
|
||||
* Reused buffer is not cleared.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
|
||||
* `size_needed` is greater than 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
|
||||
* `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
|
||||
* buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
|
||||
* @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
|
||||
* updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0
|
||||
* in case of failure.
|
||||
* @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr`
|
||||
* @see av_fast_malloc()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
|
||||
* or av_realloc() family.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed.
|
||||
* @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving
|
||||
* behind dangling pointers.
|
||||
* @see av_freep()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_free(void *ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
|
||||
* or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.c}
|
||||
* uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
|
||||
* av_free(buf);
|
||||
* // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental
|
||||
* // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a
|
||||
* // security risk.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
|
||||
* av_freep(&buf);
|
||||
* // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a
|
||||
* // NULL-pointer dereference.
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed
|
||||
* @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action.
|
||||
* @see av_free()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_freep(void *ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add an element to a dynamic array.
|
||||
* Duplicate a string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s String to be duplicated
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
|
||||
* copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
|
||||
* @see av_strndup()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Duplicate a substring of a string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s String to be duplicated
|
||||
* @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the
|
||||
* terminating byte)
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
|
||||
* substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param p Buffer to be duplicated
|
||||
* @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied
|
||||
* @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a
|
||||
* copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Overlapping memcpy() implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param dst Destination buffer
|
||||
* @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of
|
||||
* the overlapping window); must be > 0
|
||||
* @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied,
|
||||
* thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Utilities to make an array grow when needed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when
|
||||
* needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically
|
||||
* allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the
|
||||
* array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the
|
||||
* caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of
|
||||
* the array, as well as freeing of the array after use.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically
|
||||
* allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need
|
||||
* to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and
|
||||
* av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values
|
||||
* int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
|
||||
*
|
||||
* type to_be_added = ...;
|
||||
* type to_be_added2 = ...;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added);
|
||||
* if (nb == 0)
|
||||
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2);
|
||||
* if (nb == 0)
|
||||
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Now:
|
||||
* // nb == 2
|
||||
* // &to_be_added == array[0]
|
||||
* // &to_be_added2 == array[1]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* av_freep(&array);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a
|
||||
* result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add()
|
||||
* implements this mechanism.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* type *array = NULL; //< an array of values
|
||||
* int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
|
||||
*
|
||||
* type to_be_added = ...;
|
||||
* type to_be_added2 = ...;
|
||||
*
|
||||
* type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL);
|
||||
* if (!addr)
|
||||
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
|
||||
* memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added));
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Shortcut of the above.
|
||||
* type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array),
|
||||
* (const void *)&to_be_added2);
|
||||
* if (!addr)
|
||||
* return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
|
||||
*
|
||||
* // Now:
|
||||
* // nb == 2
|
||||
* // to_be_added == array[0]
|
||||
* // to_be_added2 == array[1]
|
||||
*
|
||||
* av_freep(&array);
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to
|
||||
* structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already
|
||||
|
@ -280,14 +596,14 @@ void av_freep(void *ptr);
|
|||
* Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
|
||||
* point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by nb_ptr
|
||||
* point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
|
||||
* is incremented.
|
||||
* In case of failure, the array is freed, *tab_ptr is set to NULL and
|
||||
* *nb_ptr is set to 0.
|
||||
* In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
|
||||
* `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow
|
||||
* @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array
|
||||
* @param elem element to add
|
||||
* @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow
|
||||
* @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array
|
||||
* @param[in] elem Element to add
|
||||
* @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
|
||||
|
@ -299,48 +615,62 @@ void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
|
|||
* but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code
|
||||
* instead and leave current buffer untouched.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow
|
||||
* @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array
|
||||
* @param elem element to add
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise.
|
||||
* @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise
|
||||
* @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
av_warn_unused_result
|
||||
int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add an element of size elem_size to a dynamic array.
|
||||
* Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2.
|
||||
* Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
|
||||
* point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by nb_ptr
|
||||
* point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
|
||||
* is incremented.
|
||||
* In case of failure, the array is freed, *tab_ptr is set to NULL and
|
||||
* *nb_ptr is set to 0.
|
||||
* In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
|
||||
* `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param tab_ptr pointer to the array to grow
|
||||
* @param nb_ptr pointer to the number of elements in the array
|
||||
* @param elem_size size in bytes of the elements in the array
|
||||
* @param elem_data pointer to the data of the element to add. If NULL, the space of
|
||||
* the new added element is not filled.
|
||||
* @return pointer to the data of the element to copy in the new allocated space.
|
||||
* If NULL, the new allocated space is left uninitialized."
|
||||
* @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow
|
||||
* @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array
|
||||
* @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array
|
||||
* @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If
|
||||
* `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is
|
||||
* allocated but left uninitialized.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated
|
||||
* space
|
||||
* @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size,
|
||||
const uint8_t *elem_data);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Multiply two size_t values checking for overflow.
|
||||
* @return 0 if success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if overflow.
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Other functions related to memory allocation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] a,b Operands of multiplication
|
||||
* @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r)
|
||||
{
|
||||
size_t t = a * b;
|
||||
/* Hack inspired from glibc: only try the division if nelem and elsize
|
||||
* are both greater than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */
|
||||
/* Hack inspired from glibc: don't try the division if nelem and elsize
|
||||
* are both less than sqrt(SIZE_MAX). */
|
||||
if ((a | b) >= ((size_t)1 << (sizeof(size_t) * 4)) && a && t / a != b)
|
||||
return AVERROR(EINVAL);
|
||||
*r = t;
|
||||
|
@ -348,43 +678,22 @@ static inline int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r)
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the maximum size that may me allocated in one block.
|
||||
* Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref
|
||||
* lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions."
|
||||
*
|
||||
* By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch
|
||||
* this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_max_alloc(size_t max);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* deliberately overlapping memcpy implementation
|
||||
* @param dst destination buffer
|
||||
* @param back how many bytes back we start (the initial size of the overlapping window), must be > 0
|
||||
* @param cnt number of bytes to copy, must be >= 0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* cnt > back is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied,
|
||||
* thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of back.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reallocate the given block if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_realloc
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Contrary to av_fast_realloc the current buffer contents might not be
|
||||
* preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special
|
||||
* handling to avoid memleaks is necessary.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ptr pointer to pointer to already allocated buffer, overwritten with pointer to new buffer
|
||||
* @param size size of the buffer *ptr points to
|
||||
* @param min_size minimum size of *ptr buffer after returning, *ptr will be NULL and
|
||||
* *size 0 if an error occurred.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -45,6 +45,13 @@ typedef struct AVMotionVector {
|
|||
* Currently unused.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint64_t flags;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Motion vector
|
||||
* src_x = dst_x + motion_x / motion_scale
|
||||
* src_y = dst_y + motion_y / motion_scale
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int32_t motion_x, motion_y;
|
||||
uint16_t motion_scale;
|
||||
} AVMotionVector;
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -18,15 +18,103 @@
|
|||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_murmur3
|
||||
* Public header for MurmurHash3 hash function implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_murmur3 Murmur3
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_hash
|
||||
* MurmurHash3 hash function implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* MurmurHash3 is a non-cryptographic hash function, of which three
|
||||
* incompatible versions were created by its inventor Austin Appleby:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - 32-bit output
|
||||
* - 128-bit output for 32-bit platforms
|
||||
* - 128-bit output for 64-bit platforms
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg only implements the last variant: 128-bit output designed for 64-bit
|
||||
* platforms. Even though the hash function was designed for 64-bit platforms,
|
||||
* the function in reality works on 32-bit systems too, only with reduced
|
||||
* performance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @anchor lavu_murmur3_seedinfo
|
||||
* By design, MurmurHash3 requires a seed to operate. In response to this,
|
||||
* libavutil provides two functions for hash initiation, one that requires a
|
||||
* seed (av_murmur3_init_seeded()) and one that uses a fixed arbitrary integer
|
||||
* as the seed, and therefore does not (av_murmur3_init()).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* To make hashes comparable, you should provide the same seed for all calls to
|
||||
* this hash function -- if you are supplying one yourself, that is.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate an AVMurMur3 hash context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return Uninitialized hash context or `NULL` in case of error
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context with a seed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[out] c Hash context
|
||||
* @param[in] seed Random seed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_murmur3_init()
|
||||
* @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of
|
||||
* seeds for MurmurHash3.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Equivalent to av_murmur3_init_seeded() with a built-in seed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[out] c Hash context
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_murmur3_init_seeded()
|
||||
* @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of
|
||||
* seeds for MurmurHash3.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Update hash context with new data.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[out] c Hash context
|
||||
* @param[in] src Input data to update hash with
|
||||
* @param[in] len Number of bytes to read from `src`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
|
||||
void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, int len);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in,out] c Hash context
|
||||
* @param[out] dst Buffer where output digest value is stored
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -58,7 +58,7 @@
|
|||
* The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct:
|
||||
* @code
|
||||
* typedef struct test_struct {
|
||||
* AVClass *class;
|
||||
* const AVClass *class;
|
||||
* int int_opt;
|
||||
* char *str_opt;
|
||||
* uint8_t *bin_opt;
|
||||
|
@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
|
|||
* @code
|
||||
* test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void)
|
||||
* {
|
||||
* test_struct *ret = av_malloc(sizeof(*ret));
|
||||
* test_struct *ret = av_mallocz(sizeof(*ret));
|
||||
* ret->class = &test_class;
|
||||
* av_opt_set_defaults(ret);
|
||||
* return ret;
|
||||
|
@ -228,15 +228,16 @@ enum AVOptionType{
|
|||
AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY, ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST = 128,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE = MKBETAG('S','I','Z','E'), ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT = MKBETAG('P','F','M','T'),
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT = MKBETAG('S','F','M','T'),
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE = MKBETAG('V','R','A','T'), ///< offset must point to AVRational
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION = MKBETAG('D','U','R',' '),
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR = MKBETAG('C','O','L','R'),
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = MKBETAG('C','H','L','A'),
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL = MKBETAG('B','O','O','L'),
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT64,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE, ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE, ///< offset must point to AVRational
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT,
|
||||
AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
@ -274,14 +275,11 @@ typedef struct AVOption {
|
|||
int flags;
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM 1 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM 2 ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding
|
||||
#if FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_METADATA 4 ///< some data extracted or inserted into the file like title, comment, ...
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM 8
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM 16
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM 32
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The option is inteded for exporting values to the caller.
|
||||
* The option is intended for exporting values to the caller.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT 64
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
@ -289,7 +287,9 @@ typedef struct AVOption {
|
|||
* This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY 128
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_BSF_PARAM (1<<8) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for bit stream filtering
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering
|
||||
#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DEPRECATED (1<<17) ///< set if option is deprecated, users should refer to AVOption.help text for more information
|
||||
//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -85,16 +85,16 @@ typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor {
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width.
|
||||
* For YV12 this is 1 for example.
|
||||
* chroma_width = -((-luma_width) >> log2_chroma_w)
|
||||
* chroma_width = AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_width, log2_chroma_w)
|
||||
* The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
|
||||
* This value only refers to the chroma components.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint8_t log2_chroma_w; ///< chroma_width = -((-luma_width )>>log2_chroma_w)
|
||||
uint8_t log2_chroma_w;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height.
|
||||
* For YV12 this is 1 for example.
|
||||
* chroma_height= -((-luma_height) >> log2_chroma_h)
|
||||
* chroma_height= AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_height, log2_chroma_h)
|
||||
* The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
|
||||
* This value only refers to the chroma components.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -154,17 +154,21 @@ typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor {
|
|||
* in some cases be simpler. Or the data can be interpreted purely based on
|
||||
* the pixel format without using the palette.
|
||||
* An example of a pseudo-paletted format is AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @deprecated This flag is deprecated, and will be removed. When it is removed,
|
||||
* the extra palette allocation in AVFrame.data[1] is removed as well. Only
|
||||
* actual paletted formats (as indicated by AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL) will have a
|
||||
* palette. Starting with FFmpeg versions which have this flag deprecated, the
|
||||
* extra "pseudo" palette is already ignored, and API users are not required to
|
||||
* allocate a palette for AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL formats (it was required
|
||||
* before the deprecation, though).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PSEUDOPAL (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* The pixel format has an alpha channel. This is set on all formats that
|
||||
* support alpha in some way. The exception is AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, which can
|
||||
* carry alpha as part of the palette. Details are explained in the
|
||||
* AVPixelFormat enum, and are also encoded in the corresponding
|
||||
* AVPixFmtDescriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The alpha is always straight, never pre-multiplied.
|
||||
* support alpha in some way, including AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8. The alpha is always
|
||||
* straight, never pre-multiplied.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If a codec or a filter does not support alpha, it should set all alpha to
|
||||
* opaque, or use the equivalent pixel formats without alpha component, e.g.
|
||||
|
@ -173,76 +177,15 @@ typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor {
|
|||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read a line from an image, and write the values of the
|
||||
* pixel format component c to dst.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image
|
||||
* @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
|
||||
* @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
|
||||
* @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read
|
||||
* @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read
|
||||
* @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of
|
||||
* values to write to dst
|
||||
* @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted
|
||||
* format writes the values corresponding to the palette
|
||||
* component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in
|
||||
* data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted.
|
||||
* The pixel format is following a Bayer pattern
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4],
|
||||
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
|
||||
int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component);
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BAYER (1 << 8)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an
|
||||
* image line.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param src array containing the values to write
|
||||
* @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the
|
||||
* image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed.
|
||||
* @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
|
||||
* @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
|
||||
* @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write
|
||||
* @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write
|
||||
* @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of
|
||||
* values to write to the image line
|
||||
* The pixel format contains IEEE-754 floating point values. Precision (double,
|
||||
* single, or half) should be determined by the pixel size (64, 32, or 16 bits).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4],
|
||||
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
|
||||
int x, int y, int c, int w);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the pixel format corresponding to name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a
|
||||
* pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian
|
||||
* format of name.
|
||||
* For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16",
|
||||
* then for "gray16le".
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is
|
||||
* unknown.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with
|
||||
* number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf the buffer where to write the string
|
||||
* @param buf_size the size of buf
|
||||
* @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the
|
||||
* corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
|
||||
* corresponding header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size,
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_FLOAT (1 << 9)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format
|
||||
|
@ -286,14 +229,9 @@ enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc);
|
|||
* Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from
|
||||
* the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See av_get_chroma_sub_sample() for a function that asserts a
|
||||
* valid pixel format instead of returning an error code.
|
||||
* Its recommended that you use avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample unless
|
||||
* you do check the return code!
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[in] pix_fmt the pixel format
|
||||
* @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w
|
||||
* @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h
|
||||
* @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w (horizontal/width shift)
|
||||
* @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h (vertical/height shift)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -306,6 +244,139 @@ int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
|
|||
*/
|
||||
int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the AVColorRange value for name or an AVError if not found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_color_range_from_name(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the AVColorPrimaries value for name or an AVError if not found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_color_primaries_from_name(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the AVColorTransferCharacteristic value for name or an AVError if not found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_color_transfer_from_name(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the AVColorSpace value for name or an AVError if not found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_color_space_from_name(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the AVChromaLocation value for name or an AVError if not found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_chroma_location_from_name(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the pixel format corresponding to name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a
|
||||
* pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian
|
||||
* format of name.
|
||||
* For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16",
|
||||
* then for "gray16le".
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is
|
||||
* unknown.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with
|
||||
* number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param buf the buffer where to write the string
|
||||
* @param buf_size the size of buf
|
||||
* @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the
|
||||
* corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
|
||||
* corresponding header.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size,
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Read a line from an image, and write the values of the
|
||||
* pixel format component c to dst.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image
|
||||
* @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
|
||||
* @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
|
||||
* @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read
|
||||
* @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read
|
||||
* @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of
|
||||
* values to write to dst
|
||||
* @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted
|
||||
* format writes the values corresponding to the palette
|
||||
* component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in
|
||||
* data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted.
|
||||
* @param dst_element_size size of elements in dst array (2 or 4 byte)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_read_image_line2(void *dst, const uint8_t *data[4],
|
||||
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
|
||||
int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component,
|
||||
int dst_element_size);
|
||||
|
||||
void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4],
|
||||
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
|
||||
int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an
|
||||
* image line.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param src array containing the values to write
|
||||
* @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the
|
||||
* image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed.
|
||||
* @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
|
||||
* @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
|
||||
* @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write
|
||||
* @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write
|
||||
* @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of
|
||||
* values to write to the image line
|
||||
* @param src_element_size size of elements in src array (2 or 4 byte)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_write_image_line2(const void *src, uint8_t *data[4],
|
||||
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
|
||||
int x, int y, int c, int w, int src_element_size);
|
||||
|
||||
void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4],
|
||||
const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
|
||||
int x, int y, int c, int w);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
@ -366,29 +437,4 @@ int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt,
|
|||
enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2,
|
||||
enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -24,7 +24,6 @@
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* pixel format definitions
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
|
||||
|
@ -43,6 +42,10 @@
|
|||
* This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on
|
||||
* big-endian CPUs.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note
|
||||
* If the resolution is not a multiple of the chroma subsampling factor
|
||||
* then the chroma plane resolution must be rounded up.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @par
|
||||
* When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized
|
||||
* image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in
|
||||
|
@ -54,7 +57,7 @@
|
|||
* to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @par
|
||||
* For all the 8bit per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like
|
||||
* For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like
|
||||
* for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function
|
||||
* allocating the picture.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -71,15 +74,10 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
|
|||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bit with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range
|
||||
#if FF_API_XVMC
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_MC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT,
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC_MPEG2_IDCT
|
||||
#endif /* FF_API_XVMC */
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb)
|
||||
|
@ -101,13 +99,6 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
|
|||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples)
|
||||
#if FF_API_VDPAU
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_H264,///< H.264 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG1,///< MPEG-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG2,///< MPEG-2 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_WMV3,///< WMV3 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_VC1, ///< VC-1 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -126,7 +117,7 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
|
|||
/**@{*/
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_MOCO, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at motion compensation entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains macroblocks as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_IDCT, ///< HW acceleration through VA API at IDCT entry-point, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains fields extracted from headers
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a vaapi_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD, ///< HW decoding through VA API, Picture.data[3] contains a VASurfaceID
|
||||
/**@}*/
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI = AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI_VLD,
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
@ -143,16 +134,13 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
|
|||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
#if FF_API_VDPAU
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU_MPEG4, ///< MPEG4 HW decoding with VDPAU, data[0] contains a vdpau_render_state struct which contains the bitstream of the slices as well as various fields extracted from headers
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8bit gray, 8bit alpha
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
|
||||
|
@ -177,8 +165,8 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
|
|||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VDA_VLD, ///< hardware decoding through VDA
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian
|
||||
|
@ -221,10 +209,8 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
|
|||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VDA, ///< HW acceleration through VDA, data[3] contains a CVPixelBufferRef
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16bit gray, 16bit alpha (big-endian)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16bit gray, 16bit alpha (little-endian)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian)
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian
|
||||
|
@ -240,9 +226,15 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
|
|||
*/
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL,
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB=0x123+4,///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers
|
||||
* exactly as for system memory frames.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA,
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined
|
||||
|
@ -277,9 +269,9 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
|
|||
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian */
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian */
|
||||
#if !FF_API_XVMC
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
|
||||
#endif /* !FF_API_XVMC */
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
|
||||
|
@ -289,11 +281,75 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
|
|||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_NB, ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
|
||||
};
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11
|
||||
* hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the
|
||||
* texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is
|
||||
* an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11,
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Hardware surfaces for OpenCL.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used
|
||||
* in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL,
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14BE, ///< Y , 14bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14LE, ///< Y , 14bpp, little-endian
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, little-endian
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_NV24, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_NV42, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
|
||||
|
||||
AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be
|
||||
|
@ -308,6 +364,10 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
|
|||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY14BE, GRAY14LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE)
|
||||
|
@ -344,6 +404,8 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
|
|||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE)
|
||||
|
@ -351,6 +413,10 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
|
|||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAYF32BE, GRAYF32LE)
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE)
|
||||
|
@ -358,6 +424,8 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
|
|||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P12BE, YUVA422P12LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P12BE, YUVA444P12LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE)
|
||||
|
@ -365,9 +433,12 @@ enum AVPixelFormat {
|
|||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE)
|
||||
#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
|
||||
* These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.1.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVColorPrimaries {
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0,
|
||||
|
@ -381,12 +452,17 @@ enum AVColorPrimaries {
|
|||
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1= 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ)
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_NB, ///< Not part of ABI
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ)
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428,
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = 22, ///< JEDEC P22 phosphors
|
||||
AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Color Transfer Characteristic.
|
||||
* These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.2.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic {
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0,
|
||||
|
@ -403,15 +479,19 @@ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic {
|
|||
AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC)
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10 bit system
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12 bit system
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10, 12, 14 and 16 bit systems
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_NB, ///< Not part of ABI
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084,
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428,
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma"
|
||||
AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* YUV colorspace type.
|
||||
* These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23001-8_2013 § 7.3.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVColorSpace {
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB)
|
||||
|
@ -420,15 +500,18 @@ enum AVColorSpace {
|
|||
AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = 3,
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_FCC = 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / functionally identical to above
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7,
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = 7, ///< functionally identical to above
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = 8, ///< Used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO,
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_NB, ///< Not part of ABI
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp
|
||||
AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
|
||||
};
|
||||
#define AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
|
||||
|
@ -437,7 +520,7 @@ enum AVColorRange {
|
|||
AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
|
||||
AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ///< the normal 219*2^(n-8) "MPEG" YUV ranges
|
||||
AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ///< the normal 2^n-1 "JPEG" YUV ranges
|
||||
AVCOL_RANGE_NB, ///< Not part of ABI
|
||||
AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
@ -457,13 +540,13 @@ enum AVColorRange {
|
|||
*/
|
||||
enum AVChromaLocation {
|
||||
AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
|
||||
AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< mpeg2/4 4:2:0, h264 default for 4:2:0
|
||||
AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< mpeg1 4:2:0, jpeg 4:2:0, h263 4:2:0
|
||||
AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0
|
||||
AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0
|
||||
AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2
|
||||
AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4,
|
||||
AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5,
|
||||
AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6,
|
||||
AVCHROMA_LOC_NB, ///< Not part of ABI
|
||||
AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -21,7 +21,8 @@
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* rational numbers
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_math_rational
|
||||
* Utilties for rational number calculation.
|
||||
* @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -33,22 +34,39 @@
|
|||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_math
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_math
|
||||
* Rational number calculation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the
|
||||
* conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the
|
||||
* other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of
|
||||
* timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic
|
||||
* interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and
|
||||
* denominators.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in
|
||||
* reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all
|
||||
* rational numbers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* rational number numerator/denominator
|
||||
* Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVRational{
|
||||
int num; ///< numerator
|
||||
int den; ///< denominator
|
||||
int num; ///< Numerator
|
||||
int den; ///< Denominator
|
||||
} AVRational;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Create a rational.
|
||||
* Create an AVRational.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals.
|
||||
* @note The return value is not reduced.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The return value is not reduced.
|
||||
* @see av_reduce()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
@ -58,10 +76,15 @@ static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den)
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Compare two rationals.
|
||||
* @param a first rational
|
||||
* @param b second rational
|
||||
* @return 0 if a==b, 1 if a>b, -1 if a<b, and INT_MIN if one of the
|
||||
* values is of the form 0/0
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param a First rational
|
||||
* @param b Second rational
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return One of the following values:
|
||||
* - 0 if `a == b`
|
||||
* - 1 if `a > b`
|
||||
* - -1 if `a < b`
|
||||
* - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0`
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){
|
||||
const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den;
|
||||
|
@ -73,9 +96,10 @@ static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){
|
|||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert rational to double.
|
||||
* @param a rational to convert
|
||||
* @return (double) a
|
||||
* Convert an AVRational to a `double`.
|
||||
* @param a AVRational to convert
|
||||
* @return `a` in floating-point form
|
||||
* @see av_d2q()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){
|
||||
return a.num / (double) a.den;
|
||||
|
@ -83,44 +107,46 @@ static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Reduce a fraction.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is useful for framerate calculations.
|
||||
* @param dst_num destination numerator
|
||||
* @param dst_den destination denominator
|
||||
* @param num source numerator
|
||||
* @param den source denominator
|
||||
* @param max the maximum allowed for dst_num & dst_den
|
||||
* @return 1 if exact, 0 otherwise
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator
|
||||
* @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator
|
||||
* @param[in] num Source numerator
|
||||
* @param[in] den Source denominator
|
||||
* @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den`
|
||||
* @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Multiply two rationals.
|
||||
* @param b first rational
|
||||
* @param c second rational
|
||||
* @param b First rational
|
||||
* @param c Second rational
|
||||
* @return b*c
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Divide one rational by another.
|
||||
* @param b first rational
|
||||
* @param c second rational
|
||||
* @param b First rational
|
||||
* @param c Second rational
|
||||
* @return b/c
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Add two rationals.
|
||||
* @param b first rational
|
||||
* @param c second rational
|
||||
* @param b First rational
|
||||
* @param c Second rational
|
||||
* @return b+c
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Subtract one rational from another.
|
||||
* @param b first rational
|
||||
* @param c second rational
|
||||
* @param b First rational
|
||||
* @param c Second rational
|
||||
* @return b-c
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
|
||||
|
@ -138,31 +164,46 @@ static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q)
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational.
|
||||
* inf is expressed as {1,0} or {-1,0} depending on the sign.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param d double to convert
|
||||
* @param max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator
|
||||
* @return (AVRational) d
|
||||
* In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or
|
||||
* `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param d `double` to convert
|
||||
* @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator
|
||||
* @return `d` in AVRational form
|
||||
* @see av_q2d()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @return 1 if q1 is nearer to q than q2, -1 if q2 is nearer
|
||||
* than q1, 0 if they have the same distance.
|
||||
* Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param q Rational to be compared against
|
||||
* @param q1,q2 Rationals to be tested
|
||||
* @return One of the following values:
|
||||
* - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2`
|
||||
* - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1`
|
||||
* - 0 if they have the same distance
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Find the nearest value in q_list to q.
|
||||
* @param q_list an array of rationals terminated by {0, 0}
|
||||
* @return the index of the nearest value found in the array
|
||||
* Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param q Reference rational
|
||||
* @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}`
|
||||
* @return Index of the nearest value found in the array
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Converts a AVRational to a IEEE 32bit float.
|
||||
* Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point
|
||||
* format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The float is returned in a uint32_t and its value is platform indepenant.
|
||||
* @param q Rational to be converted
|
||||
* @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit
|
||||
* integer.
|
||||
* @note The returned value is platform-indepedant.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q);
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -19,6 +19,12 @@
|
|||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_ripemd
|
||||
* Public header for RIPEMD hash function implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -29,7 +35,9 @@
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_ripemd RIPEMD
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_hash
|
||||
* RIPEMD hash function implementation.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -58,7 +66,11 @@ int av_ripemd_init(struct AVRIPEMD* context, int bits);
|
|||
* @param data input data to update hash with
|
||||
* @param len input data length
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
|
||||
void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -32,7 +32,6 @@
|
|||
*
|
||||
* Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
@ -69,6 +68,8 @@ enum AVSampleFormat {
|
|||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar
|
||||
|
||||
AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -18,9 +18,16 @@
|
|||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_sha
|
||||
* Public header for SHA-1 & SHA-256 hash function implementations.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_SHA_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
|
@ -28,7 +35,17 @@
|
|||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_sha SHA
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_hash
|
||||
* SHA-1 and SHA-256 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This module supports the following SHA hash functions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - SHA-1: 160 bits
|
||||
* - SHA-224: 224 bits, as a variant of SHA-2
|
||||
* - SHA-256: 256 bits, as a variant of SHA-2
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see For SHA-384, SHA-512, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha512.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -53,11 +70,15 @@ int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits);
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Update hash value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param context hash function context
|
||||
* @param ctx hash function context
|
||||
* @param data input data to update hash with
|
||||
* @param len input data length
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len);
|
||||
#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
|
||||
void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, size_t len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -19,17 +19,35 @@
|
|||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_sha512
|
||||
* Public header for SHA-512 implementation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA512_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_SHA512_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "attributes.h"
|
||||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA512
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_crypto
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA-512
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu_hash
|
||||
* SHA-512 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This module supports the following SHA-2 hash functions:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - SHA-512/224: 224 bits
|
||||
* - SHA-512/256: 256 bits
|
||||
* - SHA-384: 384 bits
|
||||
* - SHA-512: 512 bits
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @see For SHA-1, SHA-256, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -58,7 +76,11 @@ int av_sha512_init(struct AVSHA512* context, int bits);
|
|||
* @param data input data to update hash with
|
||||
* @param len input data length
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
|
||||
void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, unsigned int len);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Finish hashing and output digest value.
|
||||
|
|
232
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/spherical.h
Normal file
232
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/spherical.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 2016 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Spherical video
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_video
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_video_spherical Spherical video mapping
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_video_spherical
|
||||
* A spherical video file contains surfaces that need to be mapped onto a
|
||||
* sphere. Depending on how the frame was converted, a different distortion
|
||||
* transformation or surface recomposition function needs to be applied before
|
||||
* the video should be mapped and displayed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Projection of the video surface(s) on a sphere.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVSphericalProjection {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video represents a sphere mapped on a flat surface using
|
||||
* equirectangular projection.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video frame is split into 6 faces of a cube, and arranged on a
|
||||
* 3x2 layout. Faces are oriented upwards for the front, left, right,
|
||||
* and back faces. The up face is oriented so the top of the face is
|
||||
* forwards and the down face is oriented so the top of the face is
|
||||
* to the back.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Video represents a portion of a sphere mapped on a flat surface
|
||||
* using equirectangular projection. The @ref bounding fields indicate
|
||||
* the position of the current video in a larger surface.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* This structure describes how to handle spherical videos, outlining
|
||||
* information about projection, initial layout, and any other view modifier.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The struct must be allocated with av_spherical_alloc() and
|
||||
* its size is not a part of the public ABI.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct AVSphericalMapping {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Projection type.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVSphericalProjection projection;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name Initial orientation
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* There fields describe additional rotations applied to the sphere after
|
||||
* the video frame is mapped onto it. The sphere is rotated around the
|
||||
* viewer, who remains stationary. The order of transformation is always
|
||||
* yaw, followed by pitch, and finally by roll.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The coordinate system matches the one defined in OpenGL, where the
|
||||
* forward vector (z) is coming out of screen, and it is equivalent to
|
||||
* a rotation matrix of R = r_y(yaw) * r_x(pitch) * r_z(roll).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* A positive yaw rotates the portion of the sphere in front of the viewer
|
||||
* toward their right. A positive pitch rotates the portion of the sphere
|
||||
* in front of the viewer upwards. A positive roll tilts the portion of
|
||||
* the sphere in front of the viewer to the viewer's right.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* These values are exported as 16.16 fixed point.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See this equirectangular projection as example:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.unparsed}
|
||||
* Yaw
|
||||
* -180 0 180
|
||||
* 90 +-------------+-------------+ 180
|
||||
* | | | up
|
||||
* P | | | y| forward
|
||||
* i | ^ | | /z
|
||||
* t 0 +-------------X-------------+ 0 Roll | /
|
||||
* c | | | | /
|
||||
* h | | | 0|/_____right
|
||||
* | | | x
|
||||
* -90 +-------------+-------------+ -180
|
||||
*
|
||||
* X - the default camera center
|
||||
* ^ - the default up vector
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int32_t yaw; ///< Rotation around the up vector [-180, 180].
|
||||
int32_t pitch; ///< Rotation around the right vector [-90, 90].
|
||||
int32_t roll; ///< Rotation around the forward vector [-180, 180].
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name Bounding rectangle
|
||||
* @anchor bounding
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
* These fields indicate the location of the current tile, and where
|
||||
* it should be mapped relative to the original surface. They are
|
||||
* exported as 0.32 fixed point, and can be converted to classic
|
||||
* pixel values with av_spherical_bounds().
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.unparsed}
|
||||
* +----------------+----------+
|
||||
* | |bound_top |
|
||||
* | +--------+ |
|
||||
* | bound_left |tile | |
|
||||
* +<---------->| |<--->+bound_right
|
||||
* | +--------+ |
|
||||
* | | |
|
||||
* | bound_bottom| |
|
||||
* +----------------+----------+
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If needed, the original video surface dimensions can be derived
|
||||
* by adding the current stream or frame size to the related bounds,
|
||||
* like in the following example:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{c}
|
||||
* original_width = tile->width + bound_left + bound_right;
|
||||
* original_height = tile->height + bound_top + bound_bottom;
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note These values are valid only for the tiled equirectangular
|
||||
* projection type (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE),
|
||||
* and should be ignored in all other cases.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t bound_left; ///< Distance from the left edge
|
||||
uint32_t bound_top; ///< Distance from the top edge
|
||||
uint32_t bound_right; ///< Distance from the right edge
|
||||
uint32_t bound_bottom; ///< Distance from the bottom edge
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Number of pixels to pad from the edge of each cube face.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This value is valid for only for the cubemap projection type
|
||||
* (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP), and should be ignored in all other
|
||||
* cases.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t padding;
|
||||
} AVSphericalMapping;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate a AVSphericalVideo structure and initialize its fields to default
|
||||
* values.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AVSphericalMapping *av_spherical_alloc(size_t *size);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Convert the @ref bounding fields from an AVSphericalVideo
|
||||
* from 0.32 fixed point to pixels.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param map The AVSphericalVideo map to read bound values from.
|
||||
* @param width Width of the current frame or stream.
|
||||
* @param height Height of the current frame or stream.
|
||||
* @param left Pixels from the left edge.
|
||||
* @param top Pixels from the top edge.
|
||||
* @param right Pixels from the right edge.
|
||||
* @param bottom Pixels from the bottom edge.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_spherical_tile_bounds(const AVSphericalMapping *map,
|
||||
size_t width, size_t height,
|
||||
size_t *left, size_t *top,
|
||||
size_t *right, size_t *bottom);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Provide a human-readable name of a given AVSphericalProjection.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param projection The input AVSphericalProjection.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The name of the AVSphericalProjection, or "unknown".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_spherical_projection_name(enum AVSphericalProjection projection);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the AVSphericalProjection form a human-readable name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name The input string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The AVSphericalProjection value, or -1 if not found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_spherical_from_name(const char *name);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H */
|
|
@ -18,6 +18,11 @@
|
|||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* Stereoscopic video
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -25,6 +30,21 @@
|
|||
|
||||
#include "frame.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_video
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_video_stereo3d Stereo3D types and functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @addtogroup lavu_video_stereo3d
|
||||
* A stereoscopic video file consists in multiple views embedded in a single
|
||||
* frame, usually describing two views of a scene. This file describes all
|
||||
* possible codec-independent view arrangements.
|
||||
* */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List of possible 3D Types
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -37,41 +57,49 @@ enum AVStereo3DType {
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Views are next to each other.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.unparsed}
|
||||
* LLLLRRRR
|
||||
* LLLLRRRR
|
||||
* LLLLRRRR
|
||||
* ...
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Views are on top of each other.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.unparsed}
|
||||
* LLLLLLLL
|
||||
* LLLLLLLL
|
||||
* RRRRRRRR
|
||||
* RRRRRRRR
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_STEREO3D_TOPBOTTOM,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Views are alternated temporally.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.unparsed}
|
||||
* frame0 frame1 frame2 ...
|
||||
* LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
|
||||
* LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
|
||||
* LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
|
||||
* ... ... ...
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_STEREO3D_FRAMESEQUENCE,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Views are packed in a checkerboard-like structure per pixel.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.unparsed}
|
||||
* LRLRLRLR
|
||||
* RLRLRLRL
|
||||
* LRLRLRLR
|
||||
* ...
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_STEREO3D_CHECKERBOARD,
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -79,34 +107,59 @@ enum AVStereo3DType {
|
|||
* Views are next to each other, but when upscaling
|
||||
* apply a checkerboard pattern.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.unparsed}
|
||||
* LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R
|
||||
* LLLLRRRR => L L L L R R R R
|
||||
* LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R
|
||||
* LLLLRRRR L L L L R R R R
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE_QUINCUNX,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Views are packed per line, as if interlaced.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.unparsed}
|
||||
* LLLLLLLL
|
||||
* RRRRRRRR
|
||||
* LLLLLLLL
|
||||
* ...
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_STEREO3D_LINES,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Views are packed per column.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @code{.unparsed}
|
||||
* LRLRLRLR
|
||||
* LRLRLRLR
|
||||
* LRLRLRLR
|
||||
* ...
|
||||
* @endcode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_STEREO3D_COLUMNS,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* List of possible view types.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVStereo3DView {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Frame contains two packed views.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_PACKED,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Frame contains only the left view.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_LEFT,
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Frame contains only the right view.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_RIGHT,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Inverted views, Right/Bottom represents the left view.
|
||||
|
@ -130,6 +183,11 @@ typedef struct AVStereo3D {
|
|||
* Additional information about the frame packing.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int flags;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Determines which views are packed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
enum AVStereo3DView view;
|
||||
} AVStereo3D;
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
@ -149,4 +207,27 @@ AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_alloc(void);
|
|||
*/
|
||||
AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Provide a human-readable name of a given stereo3d type.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param type The input stereo3d type value.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The name of the stereo3d value, or "unknown".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const char *av_stereo3d_type_name(unsigned int type);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Get the AVStereo3DType form a human-readable name.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param name The input string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return The AVStereo3DType value, or -1 if not found.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_stereo3d_from_name(const char *name);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -69,10 +69,10 @@ int av_thread_message_queue_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Set the sending error code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will
|
||||
* return it immediately when there are no longer available messages.
|
||||
* Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used
|
||||
* to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation.
|
||||
* If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will
|
||||
* return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or
|
||||
* AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or
|
||||
* suspend its operation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
|
||||
int err);
|
||||
|
@ -80,12 +80,36 @@ void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Set the receiving error code.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will
|
||||
* return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or
|
||||
* AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or
|
||||
* suspend its operation.
|
||||
* If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will
|
||||
* return it immediately when there are no longer available messages.
|
||||
* Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used
|
||||
* to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
|
||||
int err);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set the optional free message callback function which will be called if an
|
||||
* operation is removing messages from the queue.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_thread_message_queue_set_free_func(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
|
||||
void (*free_func)(void *msg));
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return the current number of messages in the queue.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return the current number of messages or AVERROR(ENOSYS) if lavu was built
|
||||
* without thread support
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_thread_message_queue_nb_elems(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Flush the message queue
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is mostly equivalent to reading and free-ing every message
|
||||
* except that it will be done in a single operation (no lock/unlock between
|
||||
* reads).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_thread_message_flush(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
|
|||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "rational.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 16
|
||||
#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 23
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVTimecodeFlag {
|
||||
AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
|
|||
static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS");
|
||||
else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%"PRId64, ts);
|
||||
else snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%" PRId64, ts);
|
||||
return buf;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ struct AVTreeNode *av_tree_node_alloc(void);
|
|||
* then the corresponding entry in next is unchanged.
|
||||
* @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree,
|
||||
* API identical to that of Standard C's qsort
|
||||
* It is guranteed that the first and only the first argument to cmp()
|
||||
* It is guaranteed that the first and only the first argument to cmp()
|
||||
* will be the key parameter to av_tree_find(), thus it could if the
|
||||
* user wants, be a different type (like an opaque context).
|
||||
* @return An element with cmp(key, elem) == 0 or NULL if no such element
|
||||
|
@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ void av_tree_destroy(struct AVTreeNode *t);
|
|||
/**
|
||||
* Apply enu(opaque, &elem) to all the elements in the tree in a given range.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param cmp a comparison function that returns < 0 for a element below the
|
||||
* range, > 0 for a element above the range and == 0 for a
|
||||
* @param cmp a comparison function that returns < 0 for an element below the
|
||||
* range, > 0 for an element above the range and == 0 for an
|
||||
* element inside the range
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The cmp function should use the same ordering used to construct the
|
||||
|
|
81
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/tx.h
Normal file
81
neo/libs/ffmpeg-win64/include/libavutil/tx.h
Normal file
|
@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
|||
/*
|
||||
* This file is part of FFmpeg.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
* License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_TX_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_TX_H
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include <stddef.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVTXContext AVTXContext;
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct AVComplexFloat {
|
||||
float re, im;
|
||||
} AVComplexFloat;
|
||||
|
||||
enum AVTXType {
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Standard complex to complex FFT with sample data type AVComplexFloat.
|
||||
* Scaling currently unsupported
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_TX_FLOAT_FFT = 0,
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Standard MDCT with sample data type of float and a scale type of
|
||||
* float. Length is the frame size, not the window size (which is 2x frame)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
AV_TX_FLOAT_MDCT = 1,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Function pointer to a function to perform the transform.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Using a different context than the one allocated during av_tx_init()
|
||||
* is not allowed.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param s the transform context
|
||||
* @param out the output array
|
||||
* @param in the input array
|
||||
* @param stride the input or output stride (depending on transform direction)
|
||||
* in bytes, currently implemented for all MDCT transforms
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef void (*av_tx_fn)(AVTXContext *s, void *out, void *in, ptrdiff_t stride);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Initialize a transform context with the given configuration
|
||||
* Currently power of two lengths from 4 to 131072 are supported, along with
|
||||
* any length decomposable to a power of two and either 3, 5 or 15.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx the context to allocate, will be NULL on error
|
||||
* @param tx pointer to the transform function pointer to set
|
||||
* @param type type the type of transform
|
||||
* @param inv whether to do an inverse or a forward transform
|
||||
* @param len the size of the transform in samples
|
||||
* @param scale pointer to the value to scale the output if supported by type
|
||||
* @param flags currently unused
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int av_tx_init(AVTXContext **ctx, av_tx_fn *tx, enum AVTXType type,
|
||||
int inv, int len, const void *scale, uint64_t flags);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Frees a context and sets ctx to NULL, does nothing when ctx == NULL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_tx_uninit(AVTXContext **ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_TX_H */
|
|
@ -18,6 +18,12 @@
|
|||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu
|
||||
* Libavutil version macros
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -29,6 +35,21 @@
|
|||
* Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain
|
||||
* backward compatibility.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to
|
||||
* Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/)
|
||||
* The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg
|
||||
* and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100.
|
||||
* Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to
|
||||
* avoid aliassing different git master checkouts.
|
||||
* Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy
|
||||
* a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch.
|
||||
* That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100
|
||||
* for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new
|
||||
* point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib
|
||||
* versions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -37,13 +58,15 @@
|
|||
#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned
|
||||
* by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version()
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16)
|
||||
#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8)
|
||||
#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a) & 0xFF)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
* @ingroup lavu
|
||||
* Libavutil version macros
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
|
@ -55,8 +78,8 @@
|
|||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 55
|
||||
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 5
|
||||
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 56
|
||||
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 31
|
||||
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
|
@ -70,9 +93,7 @@
|
|||
#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @defgroup depr_guards Deprecation guards
|
||||
* @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards
|
||||
* FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
|
||||
* dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
|
||||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
|
@ -84,35 +105,35 @@
|
|||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_VDPAU
|
||||
#define FF_API_VDPAU (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_XVMC
|
||||
#define FF_API_XVMC (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA
|
||||
#define FF_API_OPT_TYPE_METADATA (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_DLOG
|
||||
#define FF_API_DLOG (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_VAAPI
|
||||
#define FF_API_VAAPI (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)
|
||||
#define FF_API_VAAPI (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_QP
|
||||
#define FF_API_FRAME_QP (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)
|
||||
#define FF_API_FRAME_QP (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1
|
||||
#define FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)
|
||||
#define FF_API_PLUS1_MINUS1 (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_ERROR_FRAME
|
||||
#define FF_API_ERROR_FRAME (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 56)
|
||||
#define FF_API_ERROR_FRAME (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_PKT_PTS
|
||||
#define FF_API_PKT_PTS (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T
|
||||
#define FF_API_CRYPTO_SIZE_T (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET
|
||||
#define FF_API_FRAME_GET_SET (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_PSEUDOPAL
|
||||
#define FF_API_PSEUDOPAL (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 57)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -45,12 +45,23 @@ AVXTEA *av_xtea_alloc(void);
|
|||
* Initialize an AVXTEA context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVXTEA context
|
||||
* @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption
|
||||
* @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption,
|
||||
* interpreted as big endian 32 bit numbers
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
|
||||
* Initialize an AVXTEA context.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVXTEA context
|
||||
* @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption,
|
||||
* interpreted as little endian 32 bit numbers
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_xtea_le_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context,
|
||||
* in big endian format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVXTEA context
|
||||
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
|
||||
|
@ -62,6 +73,20 @@ void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]);
|
|||
void av_xtea_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
|
||||
int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context,
|
||||
* in little endian format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param ctx an AVXTEA context
|
||||
* @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
|
||||
* @param src source array, can be equal to dst
|
||||
* @param count number of 8 byte blocks
|
||||
* @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
|
||||
* @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void av_xtea_le_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
|
||||
int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -28,7 +28,9 @@
|
|||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lpp Libpostproc
|
||||
* @defgroup lpp libpostproc
|
||||
* Video postprocessing library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -51,10 +53,6 @@ const char *postproc_license(void);
|
|||
|
||||
#define PP_QUALITY_MAX 6
|
||||
|
||||
#if FF_API_QP_TYPE
|
||||
#define QP_STORE_T int8_t //deprecated
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#include <inttypes.h>
|
||||
|
||||
typedef void pp_context;
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -18,8 +18,8 @@
|
|||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_VERSION_H
|
||||
#ifndef POSTPROC_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define POSTPROC_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
|
@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
|
|||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR 54
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR 0
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR 55
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MINOR 5
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
|
@ -42,8 +42,4 @@
|
|||
|
||||
#define LIBPOSTPROC_IDENT "postproc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_QP_TYPE
|
||||
#define FF_API_QP_TYPE (LIBPOSTPROC_VERSION_MAJOR < 55)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* POSTPROC_POSTPROCESS_VERSION_H */
|
||||
#endif /* POSTPROC_VERSION_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -28,11 +28,10 @@
|
|||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup lswr Libswresample
|
||||
* @defgroup lswr libswresample
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Libswresample (lswr) is a library that handles audio resampling, sample
|
||||
* format conversion and mixing.
|
||||
* Audio resampling, sample format conversion and mixing library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Interaction with lswr is done through SwrContext, which is
|
||||
* allocated with swr_alloc() or swr_alloc_set_opts(). It is opaque, so all parameters
|
||||
|
@ -121,15 +120,12 @@
|
|||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdint.h>
|
||||
#include "libavutil/channel_layout.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/frame.h"
|
||||
#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include "libswresample/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#if LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR < 1
|
||||
#define SWR_CH_MAX 32 ///< Maximum number of channels
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @name Option constants
|
||||
* These constants are used for the @ref avoptions interface for lswr.
|
||||
|
@ -366,6 +362,36 @@ int swr_set_compensation(struct SwrContext *s, int sample_delta, int compensatio
|
|||
*/
|
||||
int swr_set_channel_mapping(struct SwrContext *s, const int *channel_map);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Generate a channel mixing matrix.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This function is the one used internally by libswresample for building the
|
||||
* default mixing matrix. It is made public just as a utility function for
|
||||
* building custom matrices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param in_layout input channel layout
|
||||
* @param out_layout output channel layout
|
||||
* @param center_mix_level mix level for the center channel
|
||||
* @param surround_mix_level mix level for the surround channel(s)
|
||||
* @param lfe_mix_level mix level for the low-frequency effects channel
|
||||
* @param rematrix_maxval if 1.0, coefficients will be normalized to prevent
|
||||
* overflow. if INT_MAX, coefficients will not be
|
||||
* normalized.
|
||||
* @param[out] matrix mixing coefficients; matrix[i + stride * o] is
|
||||
* the weight of input channel i in output channel o.
|
||||
* @param stride distance between adjacent input channels in the
|
||||
* matrix array
|
||||
* @param matrix_encoding matrixed stereo downmix mode (e.g. dplii)
|
||||
* @param log_ctx parent logging context, can be NULL
|
||||
* @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int swr_build_matrix(uint64_t in_layout, uint64_t out_layout,
|
||||
double center_mix_level, double surround_mix_level,
|
||||
double lfe_mix_level, double rematrix_maxval,
|
||||
double rematrix_volume, double *matrix,
|
||||
int stride, enum AVMatrixEncoding matrix_encoding,
|
||||
void *log_ctx);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Set a customized remix matrix.
|
||||
*
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -18,8 +18,8 @@
|
|||
* Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef SWR_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define SWR_VERSION_H
|
||||
#ifndef SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H
|
||||
#define SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @file
|
||||
|
@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
|
|||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/avutil.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 2
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 0
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR 3
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MINOR 5
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
|
@ -42,4 +42,4 @@
|
|||
|
||||
#define LIBSWRESAMPLE_IDENT "SwR" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBSWRESAMPLE_VERSION)
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SWR_VERSION_H */
|
||||
#endif /* SWRESAMPLE_VERSION_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -35,7 +35,9 @@
|
|||
#include "version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @defgroup libsws Color conversion and scaling
|
||||
* @defgroup libsws libswscale
|
||||
* Color conversion and scaling library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Return the LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT constant.
|
||||
|
@ -73,7 +75,7 @@ const char *swscale_license(void);
|
|||
#define SWS_PRINT_INFO 0x1000
|
||||
|
||||
//the following 3 flags are not completely implemented
|
||||
//internal chrominace subsampling info
|
||||
//internal chrominance subsampling info
|
||||
#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INT 0x2000
|
||||
//input subsampling info
|
||||
#define SWS_FULL_CHR_H_INP 0x4000
|
||||
|
@ -91,6 +93,7 @@ const char *swscale_license(void);
|
|||
#define SWS_CS_SMPTE170M 5
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_SMPTE240M 7
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_DEFAULT 5
|
||||
#define SWS_CS_BT2020 9
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Return a pointer to yuv<->rgb coefficients for the given colorspace
|
||||
|
@ -247,18 +250,6 @@ SwsVector *sws_allocVec(int length);
|
|||
*/
|
||||
SwsVector *sws_getGaussianVec(double variance, double quality);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and return a vector with length coefficients, all
|
||||
* with the same value c.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
SwsVector *sws_getConstVec(double c, int length);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and return a vector with just one coefficient, with
|
||||
* value 1.0.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
SwsVector *sws_getIdentityVec(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Scale all the coefficients of a by the scalar value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
@ -268,22 +259,17 @@ void sws_scaleVec(SwsVector *a, double scalar);
|
|||
* Scale all the coefficients of a so that their sum equals height.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sws_normalizeVec(SwsVector *a, double height);
|
||||
void sws_convVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
|
||||
void sws_addVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
|
||||
void sws_subVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
|
||||
void sws_shiftVec(SwsVector *a, int shift);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Allocate and return a clone of the vector a, that is a vector
|
||||
* with the same coefficients as a.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
SwsVector *sws_cloneVec(SwsVector *a);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* Print with av_log() a textual representation of the vector a
|
||||
* if log_level <= av_log_level.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void sws_printVec2(SwsVector *a, AVClass *log_ctx, int log_level);
|
||||
#if FF_API_SWS_VECTOR
|
||||
attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getConstVec(double c, int length);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_getIdentityVec(void);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_convVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_addVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_subVec(SwsVector *a, SwsVector *b);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_shiftVec(SwsVector *a, int shift);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated SwsVector *sws_cloneVec(SwsVector *a);
|
||||
attribute_deprecated void sws_printVec2(SwsVector *a, AVClass *log_ctx, int log_level);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
void sws_freeVec(SwsVector *a);
|
||||
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
|
|||
|
||||
#include "libavutil/version.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 4
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 0
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR 5
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MINOR 5
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MICRO 100
|
||||
|
||||
#define LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_INT AV_VERSION_INT(LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR, \
|
||||
|
@ -46,4 +46,8 @@
|
|||
* the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef FF_API_SWS_VECTOR
|
||||
#define FF_API_SWS_VECTOR (LIBSWSCALE_VERSION_MAJOR < 6)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* SWSCALE_VERSION_H */
|
||||
|
|
|
@ -1,15 +1,28 @@
|
|||
EXPORTS
|
||||
audio_resample
|
||||
audio_resample_close
|
||||
av_audio_convert
|
||||
av_audio_convert_alloc
|
||||
av_audio_convert_free
|
||||
av_audio_resample_init
|
||||
av_ac3_parse_header
|
||||
av_adts_header_parse
|
||||
av_bitstream_filter_close
|
||||
av_bitstream_filter_filter
|
||||
av_bitstream_filter_init
|
||||
av_bitstream_filter_next
|
||||
av_codec_ffversion DATA
|
||||
av_bsf_alloc
|
||||
av_bsf_flush
|
||||
av_bsf_free
|
||||
av_bsf_get_by_name
|
||||
av_bsf_get_class
|
||||
av_bsf_get_null_filter
|
||||
av_bsf_init
|
||||
av_bsf_iterate
|
||||
av_bsf_list_alloc
|
||||
av_bsf_list_append
|
||||
av_bsf_list_append2
|
||||
av_bsf_list_finalize
|
||||
av_bsf_list_free
|
||||
av_bsf_list_parse_str
|
||||
av_bsf_next
|
||||
av_bsf_receive_packet
|
||||
av_bsf_send_packet
|
||||
av_codec_ffversion
|
||||
av_codec_get_chroma_intra_matrix
|
||||
av_codec_get_codec_descriptor
|
||||
av_codec_get_codec_properties
|
||||
|
@ -19,6 +32,7 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
av_codec_get_seek_preroll
|
||||
av_codec_is_decoder
|
||||
av_codec_is_encoder
|
||||
av_codec_iterate
|
||||
av_codec_next
|
||||
av_codec_set_chroma_intra_matrix
|
||||
av_codec_set_codec_descriptor
|
||||
|
@ -27,10 +41,12 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
av_codec_set_seek_preroll
|
||||
av_copy_packet
|
||||
av_copy_packet_side_data
|
||||
av_cpb_properties_alloc
|
||||
av_d3d11va_alloc_context
|
||||
av_dct_calc
|
||||
av_dct_end
|
||||
av_dct_init
|
||||
av_dirac_parse_sequence_header
|
||||
av_dup_packet
|
||||
av_dv_codec_profile
|
||||
av_dv_codec_profile2
|
||||
|
@ -43,6 +59,7 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
av_fft_permute
|
||||
av_free_packet
|
||||
av_get_audio_frame_duration
|
||||
av_get_audio_frame_duration2
|
||||
av_get_bits_per_sample
|
||||
av_get_codec_tag_string
|
||||
av_get_exact_bits_per_sample
|
||||
|
@ -53,13 +70,19 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
av_imdct_calc
|
||||
av_imdct_half
|
||||
av_init_packet
|
||||
av_jni_get_java_vm
|
||||
av_jni_set_java_vm
|
||||
av_lockmgr_register
|
||||
av_log_ask_for_sample
|
||||
av_log_missing_feature
|
||||
av_mdct_calc
|
||||
av_mdct_end
|
||||
av_mdct_init
|
||||
av_mediacodec_alloc_context
|
||||
av_mediacodec_default_free
|
||||
av_mediacodec_default_init
|
||||
av_mediacodec_release_buffer
|
||||
av_mediacodec_render_buffer_at_time
|
||||
av_new_packet
|
||||
av_packet_add_side_data
|
||||
av_packet_alloc
|
||||
av_packet_clone
|
||||
av_packet_copy_props
|
||||
|
@ -67,6 +90,8 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
av_packet_free_side_data
|
||||
av_packet_from_data
|
||||
av_packet_get_side_data
|
||||
av_packet_make_refcounted
|
||||
av_packet_make_writable
|
||||
av_packet_merge_side_data
|
||||
av_packet_move_ref
|
||||
av_packet_new_side_data
|
||||
|
@ -81,6 +106,7 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
av_parser_change
|
||||
av_parser_close
|
||||
av_parser_init
|
||||
av_parser_iterate
|
||||
av_parser_next
|
||||
av_parser_parse2
|
||||
av_picture_copy
|
||||
|
@ -93,10 +119,6 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
av_register_bitstream_filter
|
||||
av_register_codec_parser
|
||||
av_register_hwaccel
|
||||
av_resample
|
||||
av_resample_close
|
||||
av_resample_compensate
|
||||
av_resample_init
|
||||
av_shrink_packet
|
||||
av_vorbis_parse_frame
|
||||
av_vorbis_parse_frame_flags
|
||||
|
@ -104,7 +126,6 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
av_vorbis_parse_init
|
||||
av_vorbis_parse_reset
|
||||
av_xiphlacing
|
||||
available_bits
|
||||
avcodec_align_dimensions
|
||||
avcodec_align_dimensions2
|
||||
avcodec_alloc_context3
|
||||
|
@ -142,8 +163,9 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
avcodec_get_chroma_sub_sample
|
||||
avcodec_get_class
|
||||
avcodec_get_context_defaults3
|
||||
avcodec_get_edge_width
|
||||
avcodec_get_frame_class
|
||||
avcodec_get_hw_config
|
||||
avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters
|
||||
avcodec_get_name
|
||||
avcodec_get_pix_fmt_loss
|
||||
avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class
|
||||
|
@ -151,58 +173,66 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
avcodec_is_open
|
||||
avcodec_license
|
||||
avcodec_open2
|
||||
avcodec_parameters_alloc
|
||||
avcodec_parameters_copy
|
||||
avcodec_parameters_free
|
||||
avcodec_parameters_from_context
|
||||
avcodec_parameters_to_context
|
||||
avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag
|
||||
avcodec_profile_name
|
||||
avcodec_receive_frame
|
||||
avcodec_receive_packet
|
||||
avcodec_register
|
||||
avcodec_register_all
|
||||
avcodec_set_dimensions
|
||||
avcodec_send_frame
|
||||
avcodec_send_packet
|
||||
avcodec_string
|
||||
avcodec_version
|
||||
aver_isf_history
|
||||
average_split_mvs
|
||||
avpicture_alloc
|
||||
avpicture_fill
|
||||
avpicture_free
|
||||
avpicture_get_size
|
||||
avpicture_layout
|
||||
avpriv_aac_parse_header
|
||||
avpriv_ac3_channel_layout_tab DATA
|
||||
avpriv_ac3_channel_layout_tab
|
||||
avpriv_ac3_parse_header
|
||||
avpriv_align_put_bits
|
||||
avpriv_bprint_to_extradata
|
||||
avpriv_codec2_mode_bit_rate
|
||||
avpriv_codec2_mode_block_align
|
||||
avpriv_codec2_mode_frame_size
|
||||
avpriv_codec_get_cap_skip_frame_fill_param
|
||||
avpriv_copy_bits
|
||||
avpriv_copy_pce_data
|
||||
avpriv_dca_convert_bitstream
|
||||
avpriv_dca_sample_rates DATA
|
||||
avpriv_dirac_parse_sequence_header
|
||||
avpriv_dca_parse_core_frame_header
|
||||
avpriv_dca_sample_rates
|
||||
avpriv_dnxhd_get_frame_size
|
||||
avpriv_dnxhd_get_hr_frame_size
|
||||
avpriv_dnxhd_get_interlaced
|
||||
avpriv_do_elbg
|
||||
avpriv_exif_decode_ifd
|
||||
avpriv_find_pix_fmt
|
||||
avpriv_find_start_code
|
||||
avpriv_fits_header_init
|
||||
avpriv_fits_header_parse_line
|
||||
avpriv_get_raw_pix_fmt_tags
|
||||
avpriv_h264_has_num_reorder_frames
|
||||
avpriv_init_elbg
|
||||
avpriv_lock_avformat
|
||||
avpriv_mjpeg_bits_ac_chrominance DATA
|
||||
avpriv_mjpeg_bits_ac_luminance DATA
|
||||
avpriv_mjpeg_bits_dc_chrominance DATA
|
||||
avpriv_mjpeg_bits_dc_luminance DATA
|
||||
avpriv_mjpeg_val_ac_chrominance DATA
|
||||
avpriv_mjpeg_val_ac_luminance DATA
|
||||
avpriv_mjpeg_val_dc DATA
|
||||
avpriv_mpa_bitrate_tab DATA
|
||||
avpriv_mpa_decode_header
|
||||
avpriv_mpa_decode_header2
|
||||
avpriv_mpa_freq_tab DATA
|
||||
avpriv_mjpeg_bits_ac_chrominance
|
||||
avpriv_mjpeg_bits_ac_luminance
|
||||
avpriv_mjpeg_bits_dc_chrominance
|
||||
avpriv_mjpeg_bits_dc_luminance
|
||||
avpriv_mjpeg_val_ac_chrominance
|
||||
avpriv_mjpeg_val_ac_luminance
|
||||
avpriv_mjpeg_val_dc
|
||||
avpriv_mpa_bitrate_tab
|
||||
avpriv_mpa_freq_tab
|
||||
avpriv_mpeg4audio_get_config
|
||||
avpriv_mpeg4audio_sample_rates DATA
|
||||
avpriv_mpeg4audio_sample_rates
|
||||
avpriv_mpegaudio_decode_header
|
||||
avpriv_pix_fmt_bps_avi DATA
|
||||
avpriv_pix_fmt_bps_mov DATA
|
||||
avpriv_pix_fmt_bps_avi
|
||||
avpriv_pix_fmt_bps_mov
|
||||
avpriv_put_string
|
||||
avpriv_split_xiph_headers
|
||||
avpriv_tak_parse_streaminfo
|
||||
avpriv_toupper4
|
||||
avpriv_unlock_avformat
|
||||
avsubtitle_free
|
Binary file not shown.
|
@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
|
|||
EXPORTS
|
||||
av_device_capabilities DATA
|
||||
av_device_ffversion DATA
|
||||
av_device_capabilities
|
||||
av_device_ffversion
|
||||
av_input_audio_device_next
|
||||
av_input_video_device_next
|
||||
av_output_audio_device_next
|
Binary file not shown.
|
@ -1,26 +1,38 @@
|
|||
EXPORTS
|
||||
av_abuffersink_params_alloc
|
||||
av_buffersink_get_channel_layout
|
||||
av_buffersink_get_channels
|
||||
av_buffersink_get_format
|
||||
av_buffersink_get_frame
|
||||
av_buffersink_get_frame_flags
|
||||
av_buffersink_get_frame_rate
|
||||
av_buffersink_get_h
|
||||
av_buffersink_get_hw_frames_ctx
|
||||
av_buffersink_get_sample_aspect_ratio
|
||||
av_buffersink_get_sample_rate
|
||||
av_buffersink_get_samples
|
||||
av_buffersink_get_time_base
|
||||
av_buffersink_get_type
|
||||
av_buffersink_get_w
|
||||
av_buffersink_params_alloc
|
||||
av_buffersink_set_frame_size
|
||||
av_buffersrc_add_frame
|
||||
av_buffersrc_add_frame_flags
|
||||
av_buffersrc_close
|
||||
av_buffersrc_get_nb_failed_requests
|
||||
av_buffersrc_parameters_alloc
|
||||
av_buffersrc_parameters_set
|
||||
av_buffersrc_write_frame
|
||||
av_filter_ffversion DATA
|
||||
av_filter_next
|
||||
av_filter_ffversion
|
||||
av_filter_iterate
|
||||
avfilter_add_matrix
|
||||
avfilter_all_channel_layouts DATA
|
||||
avfilter_all_channel_layouts
|
||||
avfilter_config_links
|
||||
avfilter_configuration
|
||||
avfilter_free
|
||||
avfilter_get_by_name
|
||||
avfilter_get_class
|
||||
avfilter_get_matrix
|
||||
avfilter_graph_add_filter
|
||||
avfilter_graph_alloc
|
||||
avfilter_graph_alloc_filter
|
||||
avfilter_graph_config
|
||||
|
@ -36,7 +48,6 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
avfilter_graph_send_command
|
||||
avfilter_graph_set_auto_convert
|
||||
avfilter_init_dict
|
||||
avfilter_init_filter
|
||||
avfilter_init_str
|
||||
avfilter_inout_alloc
|
||||
avfilter_inout_free
|
||||
|
@ -49,7 +60,6 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
avfilter_make_format64_list
|
||||
avfilter_mul_matrix
|
||||
avfilter_next
|
||||
avfilter_open
|
||||
avfilter_pad_count
|
||||
avfilter_pad_get_name
|
||||
avfilter_pad_get_type
|
||||
|
@ -58,5 +68,4 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
avfilter_register_all
|
||||
avfilter_sub_matrix
|
||||
avfilter_transform
|
||||
avfilter_uninit
|
||||
avfilter_version
|
Binary file not shown.
|
@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
|
|||
EXPORTS
|
||||
av_add_index_entry
|
||||
av_append_packet
|
||||
av_apply_bitstream_filters
|
||||
av_codec_get_id
|
||||
av_codec_get_tag
|
||||
av_codec_get_tag2
|
||||
av_convert_lang_to
|
||||
av_demuxer_iterate
|
||||
av_demuxer_open
|
||||
av_dump_format
|
||||
av_filename_number_test
|
||||
|
@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
av_find_input_format
|
||||
av_find_program_from_stream
|
||||
av_fmt_ctx_get_duration_estimation_method
|
||||
av_format_ffversion DATA
|
||||
av_format_ffversion
|
||||
av_format_get_audio_codec
|
||||
av_format_get_control_message_cb
|
||||
av_format_get_data_codec
|
||||
|
@ -33,6 +34,7 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
av_format_set_subtitle_codec
|
||||
av_format_set_video_codec
|
||||
av_get_frame_filename
|
||||
av_get_frame_filename2
|
||||
av_get_output_timestamp
|
||||
av_get_packet
|
||||
av_guess_codec
|
||||
|
@ -46,6 +48,7 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
av_interleaved_write_frame
|
||||
av_interleaved_write_uncoded_frame
|
||||
av_match_ext
|
||||
av_muxer_iterate
|
||||
av_new_program
|
||||
av_oformat_next
|
||||
av_pkt_dump2
|
||||
|
@ -55,6 +58,7 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
av_probe_input_format
|
||||
av_probe_input_format2
|
||||
av_probe_input_format3
|
||||
av_program_add_stream_index
|
||||
av_read_frame
|
||||
av_read_pause
|
||||
av_read_play
|
||||
|
@ -63,11 +67,14 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
av_register_output_format
|
||||
av_sdp_create
|
||||
av_seek_frame
|
||||
av_stream_add_side_data
|
||||
av_stream_get_codec_timebase
|
||||
av_stream_get_end_pts
|
||||
av_stream_get_parser
|
||||
av_stream_get_r_frame_rate
|
||||
av_stream_get_recommended_encoder_configuration
|
||||
av_stream_get_side_data
|
||||
av_stream_new_side_data
|
||||
av_stream_set_r_frame_rate
|
||||
av_stream_set_recommended_encoder_configuration
|
||||
av_url_split
|
||||
|
@ -87,6 +94,7 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
avformat_get_mov_video_tags
|
||||
avformat_get_riff_audio_tags
|
||||
avformat_get_riff_video_tags
|
||||
avformat_init_output
|
||||
avformat_license
|
||||
avformat_match_stream_specifier
|
||||
avformat_network_deinit
|
||||
|
@ -96,6 +104,7 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
avformat_query_codec
|
||||
avformat_queue_attached_pictures
|
||||
avformat_seek_file
|
||||
avformat_transfer_internal_stream_timing_info
|
||||
avformat_version
|
||||
avformat_write_header
|
||||
avio_accept
|
||||
|
@ -105,11 +114,13 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
avio_close_dir
|
||||
avio_close_dyn_buf
|
||||
avio_closep
|
||||
avio_context_free
|
||||
avio_enum_protocols
|
||||
avio_feof
|
||||
avio_find_protocol_name
|
||||
avio_flush
|
||||
avio_free_directory_entry
|
||||
avio_get_dyn_buf
|
||||
avio_get_str
|
||||
avio_get_str16be
|
||||
avio_get_str16le
|
||||
|
@ -130,6 +141,7 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
avio_rb64
|
||||
avio_read
|
||||
avio_read_dir
|
||||
avio_read_partial
|
||||
avio_read_to_bprint
|
||||
avio_rl16
|
||||
avio_rl24
|
||||
|
@ -149,6 +161,7 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
avio_wl32
|
||||
avio_wl64
|
||||
avio_write
|
||||
avio_write_marker
|
||||
avpriv_dv_get_packet
|
||||
avpriv_dv_init_demux
|
||||
avpriv_dv_produce_packet
|
||||
|
@ -158,15 +171,5 @@ EXPORTS
|
|||
avpriv_mpegts_parse_open
|
||||
avpriv_mpegts_parse_packet
|
||||
avpriv_new_chapter
|
||||
avpriv_register_devices
|
||||
avpriv_set_pts_info
|
||||
ff_inet_aton
|
||||
ff_rtp_get_local_rtcp_port
|
||||
ff_rtp_get_local_rtp_port
|
||||
ff_rtsp_parse_line
|
||||
ff_socket_nonblock
|
||||
ffio_open_dyn_packet_buf
|
||||
ffio_set_buf_size
|
||||
ffurl_close
|
||||
ffurl_open
|
||||
ffurl_write
|
||||
url_feof
|
Binary file not shown.
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more
Loading…
Reference in a new issue